]> git.ipfire.org Git - thirdparty/gcc.git/blob - gcc/target.def
openacc: Middle-end worker-partitioning support
[thirdparty/gcc.git] / gcc / target.def
1 /* Target hook definitions.
2 Copyright (C) 2001-2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3
4 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
5 under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
6 Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any
7 later version.
8
9 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
10 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
11 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
12 GNU General Public License for more details.
13
14 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
15 along with this program; see the file COPYING3. If not see
16 <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
17
18 In other words, you are welcome to use, share and improve this program.
19 You are forbidden to forbid anyone else to use, share and improve
20 what you give them. Help stamp out software-hoarding! */
21
22 /* See target-hooks-macros.h for details of macros that should be
23 provided by the including file, and how to use them here. */
24 #include "target-hooks-macros.h"
25
26 #undef HOOK_TYPE
27 #define HOOK_TYPE "Target Hook"
28
29 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_INITIALIZER, gcc_target)
30
31 /* Functions that output assembler for the target. */
32 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_ASM_"
33 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_ASM_OUT, asm_out)
34
35 /* Opening and closing parentheses for asm expression grouping. */
36 DEFHOOKPOD
37 (open_paren,
38 "These target hooks are C string constants, describing the syntax in the\n\
39 assembler for grouping arithmetic expressions. If not overridden, they\n\
40 default to normal parentheses, which is correct for most assemblers.",
41 const char *, "(")
42 DEFHOOKPODX (close_paren, const char *, ")")
43
44 /* Assembler instructions for creating various kinds of integer object. */
45 DEFHOOKPOD
46 (byte_op,
47 "@deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_HI_OP\n\
48 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_PSI_OP\n\
49 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_SI_OP\n\
50 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_PDI_OP\n\
51 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_DI_OP\n\
52 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_PTI_OP\n\
53 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_TI_OP\n\
54 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_HI_OP\n\
55 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_PSI_OP\n\
56 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_SI_OP\n\
57 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_PDI_OP\n\
58 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_DI_OP\n\
59 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_PTI_OP\n\
60 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_TI_OP\n\
61 These hooks specify assembly directives for creating certain kinds\n\
62 of integer object. The @code{TARGET_ASM_BYTE_OP} directive creates a\n\
63 byte-sized object, the @code{TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_HI_OP} one creates an\n\
64 aligned two-byte object, and so on. Any of the hooks may be\n\
65 @code{NULL}, indicating that no suitable directive is available.\n\
66 \n\
67 The compiler will print these strings at the start of a new line,\n\
68 followed immediately by the object's initial value. In most cases,\n\
69 the string should contain a tab, a pseudo-op, and then another tab.",
70 const char *, "\t.byte\t")
71 DEFHOOKPOD (aligned_op, "*", struct asm_int_op, TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_INT_OP)
72 DEFHOOKPOD (unaligned_op, "*", struct asm_int_op, TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_INT_OP)
73
74 /* Try to output the assembler code for an integer object whose
75 value is given by X. SIZE is the size of the object in bytes and
76 ALIGNED_P indicates whether it is aligned. Return true if
77 successful. Only handles cases for which BYTE_OP, ALIGNED_OP
78 and UNALIGNED_OP are NULL. */
79 DEFHOOK
80 (integer,
81 "The @code{assemble_integer} function uses this hook to output an\n\
82 integer object. @var{x} is the object's value, @var{size} is its size\n\
83 in bytes and @var{aligned_p} indicates whether it is aligned. The\n\
84 function should return @code{true} if it was able to output the\n\
85 object. If it returns false, @code{assemble_integer} will try to\n\
86 split the object into smaller parts.\n\
87 \n\
88 The default implementation of this hook will use the\n\
89 @code{TARGET_ASM_BYTE_OP} family of strings, returning @code{false}\n\
90 when the relevant string is @code{NULL}.",
91 /* Only handles cases for which BYTE_OP, ALIGNED_OP and UNALIGNED_OP are
92 NULL. */
93 bool, (rtx x, unsigned int size, int aligned_p),
94 default_assemble_integer)
95
96 /* Assembly strings required after the .cfi_startproc label. */
97 DEFHOOK
98 (post_cfi_startproc,
99 "This target hook is used to emit assembly strings required by the target\n\
100 after the .cfi_startproc directive. The first argument is the file stream to\n\
101 write the strings to and the second argument is the function\'s declaration. The\n\
102 expected use is to add more .cfi_* directives.\n\
103 \n\
104 The default is to not output any assembly strings.",
105 void, (FILE *, tree),
106 hook_void_FILEptr_tree)
107
108 /* Notify the backend that we have completed emitting the data for a
109 decl. */
110 DEFHOOK
111 (decl_end,
112 "Define this hook if the target assembler requires a special marker to\n\
113 terminate an initialized variable declaration.",
114 void, (void),
115 hook_void_void)
116
117 /* Output code that will globalize a label. */
118 DEFHOOK
119 (globalize_label,
120 "This target hook is a function to output to the stdio stream\n\
121 @var{stream} some commands that will make the label @var{name} global;\n\
122 that is, available for reference from other files.\n\
123 \n\
124 The default implementation relies on a proper definition of\n\
125 @code{GLOBAL_ASM_OP}.",
126 void, (FILE *stream, const char *name),
127 default_globalize_label)
128
129 /* Output code that will globalize a declaration. */
130 DEFHOOK
131 (globalize_decl_name,
132 "This target hook is a function to output to the stdio stream\n\
133 @var{stream} some commands that will make the name associated with @var{decl}\n\
134 global; that is, available for reference from other files.\n\
135 \n\
136 The default implementation uses the TARGET_ASM_GLOBALIZE_LABEL target hook.",
137 void, (FILE *stream, tree decl), default_globalize_decl_name)
138
139 /* Output code that will declare an external variable. */
140 DEFHOOK
141 (assemble_undefined_decl,
142 "This target hook is a function to output to the stdio stream\n\
143 @var{stream} some commands that will declare the name associated with\n\
144 @var{decl} which is not defined in the current translation unit. Most\n\
145 assemblers do not require anything to be output in this case.",
146 void, (FILE *stream, const char *name, const_tree decl),
147 hook_void_FILEptr_constcharptr_const_tree)
148
149 /* Output code that will emit a label for unwind info, if this
150 target requires such labels. Second argument is the decl the
151 unwind info is associated with, third is a boolean: true if
152 this is for exception handling, fourth is a boolean: true if
153 this is only a placeholder for an omitted FDE. */
154 DEFHOOK
155 (emit_unwind_label,
156 "This target hook emits a label at the beginning of each FDE@. It\n\
157 should be defined on targets where FDEs need special labels, and it\n\
158 should write the appropriate label, for the FDE associated with the\n\
159 function declaration @var{decl}, to the stdio stream @var{stream}.\n\
160 The third argument, @var{for_eh}, is a boolean: true if this is for an\n\
161 exception table. The fourth argument, @var{empty}, is a boolean:\n\
162 true if this is a placeholder label for an omitted FDE@.\n\
163 \n\
164 The default is that FDEs are not given nonlocal labels.",
165 void, (FILE *stream, tree decl, int for_eh, int empty),
166 default_emit_unwind_label)
167
168 /* Output code that will emit a label to divide up the exception table. */
169 DEFHOOK
170 (emit_except_table_label,
171 "This target hook emits a label at the beginning of the exception table.\n\
172 It should be defined on targets where it is desirable for the table\n\
173 to be broken up according to function.\n\
174 \n\
175 The default is that no label is emitted.",
176 void, (FILE *stream),
177 default_emit_except_table_label)
178
179 /* Emit a directive for setting the personality for the function. */
180 DEFHOOK
181 (emit_except_personality,
182 "If the target implements @code{TARGET_ASM_UNWIND_EMIT}, this hook may be\n\
183 used to emit a directive to install a personality hook into the unwind\n\
184 info. This hook should not be used if dwarf2 unwind info is used.",
185 void, (rtx personality),
186 NULL)
187
188 /* If necessary, modify personality and LSDA references to handle
189 indirection. This is used when the assembler supports CFI directives. */
190 DEFHOOK
191 (make_eh_symbol_indirect,
192 "If necessary, modify personality and LSDA references to handle indirection.\n\
193 The original symbol is in @code{origsymbol} and if @code{pubvis} is true\n\
194 the symbol is visible outside the TU.",
195 rtx, (rtx origsymbol, bool pubvis),
196 NULL)
197
198 /* Emit any directives required to unwind this instruction. */
199 DEFHOOK
200 (unwind_emit,
201 "This target hook emits assembly directives required to unwind the\n\
202 given instruction. This is only used when @code{TARGET_EXCEPT_UNWIND_INFO}\n\
203 returns @code{UI_TARGET}.",
204 void, (FILE *stream, rtx_insn *insn),
205 NULL)
206
207 DEFHOOKPOD
208 (unwind_emit_before_insn,
209 "True if the @code{TARGET_ASM_UNWIND_EMIT} hook should be called before\n\
210 the assembly for @var{insn} has been emitted, false if the hook should\n\
211 be called afterward.",
212 bool, true)
213
214 /* Return true if the target needs extra instructions to restore the current
215 frame address after a DW_CFA_restore_state opcode. */
216 DEFHOOK
217 (should_restore_cfa_state,
218 "For DWARF-based unwind frames, two CFI instructions provide for save and\n\
219 restore of register state. GCC maintains the current frame address (CFA)\n\
220 separately from the register bank but the unwinder in libgcc preserves this\n\
221 state along with the registers (and this is expected by the code that writes\n\
222 the unwind frames). This hook allows the target to specify that the CFA data\n\
223 is not saved/restored along with the registers by the target unwinder so that\n\
224 suitable additional instructions should be emitted to restore it.",
225 bool, (void),
226 hook_bool_void_false)
227
228 /* Generate an internal label.
229 For now this is just a wrapper for ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL. */
230 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
231 (generate_internal_label,
232 "",
233 void, (char *buf, const char *prefix, unsigned long labelno),
234 default_generate_internal_label)
235
236 /* Output an internal label. */
237 DEFHOOK
238 (internal_label,
239 "A function to output to the stdio stream @var{stream} a label whose\n\
240 name is made from the string @var{prefix} and the number @var{labelno}.\n\
241 \n\
242 It is absolutely essential that these labels be distinct from the labels\n\
243 used for user-level functions and variables. Otherwise, certain programs\n\
244 will have name conflicts with internal labels.\n\
245 \n\
246 It is desirable to exclude internal labels from the symbol table of the\n\
247 object file. Most assemblers have a naming convention for labels that\n\
248 should be excluded; on many systems, the letter @samp{L} at the\n\
249 beginning of a label has this effect. You should find out what\n\
250 convention your system uses, and follow it.\n\
251 \n\
252 The default version of this function utilizes @code{ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL}.",
253 void, (FILE *stream, const char *prefix, unsigned long labelno),
254 default_internal_label)
255
256 /* Output label for the constant. */
257 DEFHOOK
258 (declare_constant_name,
259 "A target hook to output to the stdio stream @var{file} any text necessary\n\
260 for declaring the name @var{name} of a constant which is being defined. This\n\
261 target hook is responsible for outputting the label definition (perhaps using\n\
262 @code{assemble_label}). The argument @var{exp} is the value of the constant,\n\
263 and @var{size} is the size of the constant in bytes. The @var{name}\n\
264 will be an internal label.\n\
265 \n\
266 The default version of this target hook, define the @var{name} in the\n\
267 usual manner as a label (by means of @code{assemble_label}).\n\
268 \n\
269 You may wish to use @code{ASM_OUTPUT_TYPE_DIRECTIVE} in this target hook.",
270 void, (FILE *file, const char *name, const_tree expr, HOST_WIDE_INT size),
271 default_asm_declare_constant_name)
272
273 /* Emit a ttype table reference to a typeinfo object. */
274 DEFHOOK
275 (ttype,
276 "This hook is used to output a reference from a frame unwinding table to\n\
277 the type_info object identified by @var{sym}. It should return @code{true}\n\
278 if the reference was output. Returning @code{false} will cause the\n\
279 reference to be output using the normal Dwarf2 routines.",
280 bool, (rtx sym),
281 hook_bool_rtx_false)
282
283 /* Emit an assembler directive to set visibility for the symbol
284 associated with the tree decl. */
285 DEFHOOK
286 (assemble_visibility,
287 "This target hook is a function to output to @var{asm_out_file} some\n\
288 commands that will make the symbol(s) associated with @var{decl} have\n\
289 hidden, protected or internal visibility as specified by @var{visibility}.",
290 void, (tree decl, int visibility),
291 default_assemble_visibility)
292
293 DEFHOOK
294 (print_patchable_function_entry,
295 "Generate a patchable area at the function start, consisting of\n\
296 @var{patch_area_size} NOP instructions. If the target supports named\n\
297 sections and if @var{record_p} is true, insert a pointer to the current\n\
298 location in the table of patchable functions. The default implementation\n\
299 of the hook places the table of pointers in the special section named\n\
300 @code{__patchable_function_entries}.",
301 void, (FILE *file, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT patch_area_size, bool record_p),
302 default_print_patchable_function_entry)
303
304 /* Output the assembler code for entry to a function. */
305 DEFHOOK
306 (function_prologue,
307 "If defined, a function that outputs the assembler code for entry to a\n\
308 function. The prologue is responsible for setting up the stack frame,\n\
309 initializing the frame pointer register, saving registers that must be\n\
310 saved, and allocating @var{size} additional bytes of storage for the\n\
311 local variables. @var{file} is a stdio stream to which the assembler\n\
312 code should be output.\n\
313 \n\
314 The label for the beginning of the function need not be output by this\n\
315 macro. That has already been done when the macro is run.\n\
316 \n\
317 @findex regs_ever_live\n\
318 To determine which registers to save, the macro can refer to the array\n\
319 @code{regs_ever_live}: element @var{r} is nonzero if hard register\n\
320 @var{r} is used anywhere within the function. This implies the function\n\
321 prologue should save register @var{r}, provided it is not one of the\n\
322 call-used registers. (@code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} must likewise use\n\
323 @code{regs_ever_live}.)\n\
324 \n\
325 On machines that have ``register windows'', the function entry code does\n\
326 not save on the stack the registers that are in the windows, even if\n\
327 they are supposed to be preserved by function calls; instead it takes\n\
328 appropriate steps to ``push'' the register stack, if any non-call-used\n\
329 registers are used in the function.\n\
330 \n\
331 @findex frame_pointer_needed\n\
332 On machines where functions may or may not have frame-pointers, the\n\
333 function entry code must vary accordingly; it must set up the frame\n\
334 pointer if one is wanted, and not otherwise. To determine whether a\n\
335 frame pointer is in wanted, the macro can refer to the variable\n\
336 @code{frame_pointer_needed}. The variable's value will be 1 at run\n\
337 time in a function that needs a frame pointer. @xref{Elimination}.\n\
338 \n\
339 The function entry code is responsible for allocating any stack space\n\
340 required for the function. This stack space consists of the regions\n\
341 listed below. In most cases, these regions are allocated in the\n\
342 order listed, with the last listed region closest to the top of the\n\
343 stack (the lowest address if @code{STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD} is defined, and\n\
344 the highest address if it is not defined). You can use a different order\n\
345 for a machine if doing so is more convenient or required for\n\
346 compatibility reasons. Except in cases where required by standard\n\
347 or by a debugger, there is no reason why the stack layout used by GCC\n\
348 need agree with that used by other compilers for a machine.",
349 void, (FILE *file),
350 default_function_pro_epilogue)
351
352 /* Output the assembler code for end of prologue. */
353 DEFHOOK
354 (function_end_prologue,
355 "If defined, a function that outputs assembler code at the end of a\n\
356 prologue. This should be used when the function prologue is being\n\
357 emitted as RTL, and you have some extra assembler that needs to be\n\
358 emitted. @xref{prologue instruction pattern}.",
359 void, (FILE *file),
360 no_asm_to_stream)
361
362 /* Output the assembler code for start of epilogue. */
363 DEFHOOK
364 (function_begin_epilogue,
365 "If defined, a function that outputs assembler code at the start of an\n\
366 epilogue. This should be used when the function epilogue is being\n\
367 emitted as RTL, and you have some extra assembler that needs to be\n\
368 emitted. @xref{epilogue instruction pattern}.",
369 void, (FILE *file),
370 no_asm_to_stream)
371
372 /* Output the assembler code for function exit. */
373 DEFHOOK
374 (function_epilogue,
375 "If defined, a function that outputs the assembler code for exit from a\n\
376 function. The epilogue is responsible for restoring the saved\n\
377 registers and stack pointer to their values when the function was\n\
378 called, and returning control to the caller. This macro takes the\n\
379 same argument as the macro @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE}, and the\n\
380 registers to restore are determined from @code{regs_ever_live} and\n\
381 @code{CALL_USED_REGISTERS} in the same way.\n\
382 \n\
383 On some machines, there is a single instruction that does all the work\n\
384 of returning from the function. On these machines, give that\n\
385 instruction the name @samp{return} and do not define the macro\n\
386 @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} at all.\n\
387 \n\
388 Do not define a pattern named @samp{return} if you want the\n\
389 @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} to be used. If you want the target\n\
390 switches to control whether return instructions or epilogues are used,\n\
391 define a @samp{return} pattern with a validity condition that tests the\n\
392 target switches appropriately. If the @samp{return} pattern's validity\n\
393 condition is false, epilogues will be used.\n\
394 \n\
395 On machines where functions may or may not have frame-pointers, the\n\
396 function exit code must vary accordingly. Sometimes the code for these\n\
397 two cases is completely different. To determine whether a frame pointer\n\
398 is wanted, the macro can refer to the variable\n\
399 @code{frame_pointer_needed}. The variable's value will be 1 when compiling\n\
400 a function that needs a frame pointer.\n\
401 \n\
402 Normally, @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE} and\n\
403 @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} must treat leaf functions specially.\n\
404 The C variable @code{current_function_is_leaf} is nonzero for such a\n\
405 function. @xref{Leaf Functions}.\n\
406 \n\
407 On some machines, some functions pop their arguments on exit while\n\
408 others leave that for the caller to do. For example, the 68020 when\n\
409 given @option{-mrtd} pops arguments in functions that take a fixed\n\
410 number of arguments.\n\
411 \n\
412 @findex pops_args\n\
413 @findex crtl->args.pops_args\n\
414 Your definition of the macro @code{RETURN_POPS_ARGS} decides which\n\
415 functions pop their own arguments. @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE}\n\
416 needs to know what was decided. The number of bytes of the current\n\
417 function's arguments that this function should pop is available in\n\
418 @code{crtl->args.pops_args}. @xref{Scalar Return}.",
419 void, (FILE *file),
420 default_function_pro_epilogue)
421
422 /* Initialize target-specific sections. */
423 DEFHOOK
424 (init_sections,
425 "Define this hook if you need to do something special to set up the\n\
426 @file{varasm.c} sections, or if your target has some special sections\n\
427 of its own that you need to create.\n\
428 \n\
429 GCC calls this hook after processing the command line, but before writing\n\
430 any assembly code, and before calling any of the section-returning hooks\n\
431 described below.",
432 void, (void),
433 hook_void_void)
434
435 /* Tell assembler to change to section NAME with attributes FLAGS.
436 If DECL is non-NULL, it is the VAR_DECL or FUNCTION_DECL with
437 which this section is associated. */
438 DEFHOOK
439 (named_section,
440 "Output assembly directives to switch to section @var{name}. The section\n\
441 should have attributes as specified by @var{flags}, which is a bit mask\n\
442 of the @code{SECTION_*} flags defined in @file{output.h}. If @var{decl}\n\
443 is non-NULL, it is the @code{VAR_DECL} or @code{FUNCTION_DECL} with which\n\
444 this section is associated.",
445 void, (const char *name, unsigned int flags, tree decl),
446 default_no_named_section)
447
448 /* Tell assembler what section attributes to assign this elf section
449 declaration, using their numerical value. */
450 DEFHOOK
451 (elf_flags_numeric,
452 "This hook can be used to encode ELF section flags for which no letter\n\
453 code has been defined in the assembler. It is called by\n\
454 @code{default_asm_named_section} whenever the section flags need to be\n\
455 emitted in the assembler output. If the hook returns true, then the\n\
456 numerical value for ELF section flags should be calculated from\n\
457 @var{flags} and saved in @var{*num}; the value is printed out instead of the\n\
458 normal sequence of letter codes. If the hook is not defined, or if it\n\
459 returns false, then @var{num} is ignored and the traditional letter sequence\n\
460 is emitted.",
461 bool, (unsigned int flags, unsigned int *num),
462 hook_bool_uint_uintp_false)
463
464 /* Return preferred text (sub)section for function DECL.
465 Main purpose of this function is to separate cold, normal and hot
466 functions. STARTUP is true when function is known to be used only
467 at startup (from static constructors or it is main()).
468 EXIT is true when function is known to be used only at exit
469 (from static destructors).
470 Return NULL if function should go to default text section. */
471 DEFHOOK
472 (function_section,
473 "Return preferred text (sub)section for function @var{decl}.\n\
474 Main purpose of this function is to separate cold, normal and hot\n\
475 functions. @var{startup} is true when function is known to be used only\n\
476 at startup (from static constructors or it is @code{main()}).\n\
477 @var{exit} is true when function is known to be used only at exit\n\
478 (from static destructors).\n\
479 Return NULL if function should go to default text section.",
480 section *, (tree decl, enum node_frequency freq, bool startup, bool exit),
481 default_function_section)
482
483 /* Output the assembler code for function exit. */
484 DEFHOOK
485 (function_switched_text_sections,
486 "Used by the target to emit any assembler directives or additional\n\
487 labels needed when a function is partitioned between different\n\
488 sections. Output should be written to @var{file}. The function\n\
489 decl is available as @var{decl} and the new section is `cold' if\n\
490 @var{new_is_cold} is @code{true}.",
491 void, (FILE *file, tree decl, bool new_is_cold),
492 default_function_switched_text_sections)
493
494 /* Return a mask describing how relocations should be treated when
495 selecting sections. Bit 1 should be set if global relocations
496 should be placed in a read-write section; bit 0 should be set if
497 local relocations should be placed in a read-write section. */
498 DEFHOOK
499 (reloc_rw_mask,
500 "Return a mask describing how relocations should be treated when\n\
501 selecting sections. Bit 1 should be set if global relocations\n\
502 should be placed in a read-write section; bit 0 should be set if\n\
503 local relocations should be placed in a read-write section.\n\
504 \n\
505 The default version of this function returns 3 when @option{-fpic}\n\
506 is in effect, and 0 otherwise. The hook is typically redefined\n\
507 when the target cannot support (some kinds of) dynamic relocations\n\
508 in read-only sections even in executables.",
509 int, (void),
510 default_reloc_rw_mask)
511
512 /* Return a flag for either generating ADDR_DIF_VEC table
513 or ADDR_VEC table for jumps in case of -fPIC/-fPIE. */
514 DEFHOOK
515 (generate_pic_addr_diff_vec,
516 "Return true to generate ADDR_DIF_VEC table\n\
517 or false to generate ADDR_VEC table for jumps in case of -fPIC.\n\
518 \n\
519 The default version of this function returns true if flag_pic\n\
520 equals true and false otherwise",
521 bool, (void),
522 default_generate_pic_addr_diff_vec)
523
524 /* Return a section for EXP. It may be a DECL or a constant. RELOC
525 is nonzero if runtime relocations must be applied; bit 1 will be
526 set if the runtime relocations require non-local name resolution.
527 ALIGN is the required alignment of the data. */
528 DEFHOOK
529 (select_section,
530 "Return the section into which @var{exp} should be placed. You can\n\
531 assume that @var{exp} is either a @code{VAR_DECL} node or a constant of\n\
532 some sort. @var{reloc} indicates whether the initial value of @var{exp}\n\
533 requires link-time relocations. Bit 0 is set when variable contains\n\
534 local relocations only, while bit 1 is set for global relocations.\n\
535 @var{align} is the constant alignment in bits.\n\
536 \n\
537 The default version of this function takes care of putting read-only\n\
538 variables in @code{readonly_data_section}.\n\
539 \n\
540 See also @var{USE_SELECT_SECTION_FOR_FUNCTIONS}.",
541 section *, (tree exp, int reloc, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align),
542 default_select_section)
543
544 /* Return a section for X. MODE is X's mode and ALIGN is its
545 alignment in bits. */
546 DEFHOOK
547 (select_rtx_section,
548 "Return the section into which a constant @var{x}, of mode @var{mode},\n\
549 should be placed. You can assume that @var{x} is some kind of\n\
550 constant in RTL@. The argument @var{mode} is redundant except in the\n\
551 case of a @code{const_int} rtx. @var{align} is the constant alignment\n\
552 in bits.\n\
553 \n\
554 The default version of this function takes care of putting symbolic\n\
555 constants in @code{flag_pic} mode in @code{data_section} and everything\n\
556 else in @code{readonly_data_section}.",
557 section *, (machine_mode mode, rtx x, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align),
558 default_select_rtx_section)
559
560 /* Select a unique section name for DECL. RELOC is the same as
561 for SELECT_SECTION. */
562 DEFHOOK
563 (unique_section,
564 "Build up a unique section name, expressed as a @code{STRING_CST} node,\n\
565 and assign it to @samp{DECL_SECTION_NAME (@var{decl})}.\n\
566 As with @code{TARGET_ASM_SELECT_SECTION}, @var{reloc} indicates whether\n\
567 the initial value of @var{exp} requires link-time relocations.\n\
568 \n\
569 The default version of this function appends the symbol name to the\n\
570 ELF section name that would normally be used for the symbol. For\n\
571 example, the function @code{foo} would be placed in @code{.text.foo}.\n\
572 Whatever the actual target object format, this is often good enough.",
573 void, (tree decl, int reloc),
574 default_unique_section)
575
576 /* Return the readonly data or relocated readonly data section
577 associated with function DECL. */
578 DEFHOOK
579 (function_rodata_section,
580 "Return the readonly data or reloc readonly data section associated with\n\
581 @samp{DECL_SECTION_NAME (@var{decl})}. @var{relocatable} selects the latter\n\
582 over the former.\n\
583 The default version of this function selects @code{.gnu.linkonce.r.name} if\n\
584 the function's section is @code{.gnu.linkonce.t.name}, @code{.rodata.name}\n\
585 or @code{.data.rel.ro.name} if function is in @code{.text.name}, and\n\
586 the normal readonly-data or reloc readonly data section otherwise.",
587 section *, (tree decl, bool relocatable),
588 default_function_rodata_section)
589
590 /* Nonnull if the target wants to override the default ".rodata" prefix
591 for mergeable data sections. */
592 DEFHOOKPOD
593 (mergeable_rodata_prefix,
594 "Usually, the compiler uses the prefix @code{\".rodata\"} to construct\n\
595 section names for mergeable constant data. Define this macro to override\n\
596 the string if a different section name should be used.",
597 const char *, ".rodata")
598
599 /* Return the section to be used for transactional memory clone tables. */
600 DEFHOOK
601 (tm_clone_table_section,
602 "Return the section that should be used for transactional memory clone\n\
603 tables.",
604 section *, (void), default_clone_table_section)
605
606 /* Output a constructor for a symbol with a given priority. */
607 DEFHOOK
608 (constructor,
609 "If defined, a function that outputs assembler code to arrange to call\n\
610 the function referenced by @var{symbol} at initialization time.\n\
611 \n\
612 Assume that @var{symbol} is a @code{SYMBOL_REF} for a function taking\n\
613 no arguments and with no return value. If the target supports initialization\n\
614 priorities, @var{priority} is a value between 0 and @code{MAX_INIT_PRIORITY};\n\
615 otherwise it must be @code{DEFAULT_INIT_PRIORITY}.\n\
616 \n\
617 If this macro is not defined by the target, a suitable default will\n\
618 be chosen if (1) the target supports arbitrary section names, (2) the\n\
619 target defines @code{CTORS_SECTION_ASM_OP}, or (3) @code{USE_COLLECT2}\n\
620 is not defined.",
621 void, (rtx symbol, int priority), NULL)
622
623 /* Output a destructor for a symbol with a given priority. */
624 DEFHOOK
625 (destructor,
626 "This is like @code{TARGET_ASM_CONSTRUCTOR} but used for termination\n\
627 functions rather than initialization functions.",
628 void, (rtx symbol, int priority), NULL)
629
630 /* Output the assembler code for a thunk function. THUNK_DECL is the
631 declaration for the thunk function itself, FUNCTION is the decl for
632 the target function. DELTA is an immediate constant offset to be
633 added to THIS. If VCALL_OFFSET is nonzero, the word at
634 *(*this + vcall_offset) should be added to THIS. */
635 DEFHOOK
636 (output_mi_thunk,
637 "A function that outputs the assembler code for a thunk\n\
638 function, used to implement C++ virtual function calls with multiple\n\
639 inheritance. The thunk acts as a wrapper around a virtual function,\n\
640 adjusting the implicit object parameter before handing control off to\n\
641 the real function.\n\
642 \n\
643 First, emit code to add the integer @var{delta} to the location that\n\
644 contains the incoming first argument. Assume that this argument\n\
645 contains a pointer, and is the one used to pass the @code{this} pointer\n\
646 in C++. This is the incoming argument @emph{before} the function prologue,\n\
647 e.g.@: @samp{%o0} on a sparc. The addition must preserve the values of\n\
648 all other incoming arguments.\n\
649 \n\
650 Then, if @var{vcall_offset} is nonzero, an additional adjustment should be\n\
651 made after adding @code{delta}. In particular, if @var{p} is the\n\
652 adjusted pointer, the following adjustment should be made:\n\
653 \n\
654 @smallexample\n\
655 p += (*((ptrdiff_t **)p))[vcall_offset/sizeof(ptrdiff_t)]\n\
656 @end smallexample\n\
657 \n\
658 After the additions, emit code to jump to @var{function}, which is a\n\
659 @code{FUNCTION_DECL}. This is a direct pure jump, not a call, and does\n\
660 not touch the return address. Hence returning from @var{FUNCTION} will\n\
661 return to whoever called the current @samp{thunk}.\n\
662 \n\
663 The effect must be as if @var{function} had been called directly with\n\
664 the adjusted first argument. This macro is responsible for emitting all\n\
665 of the code for a thunk function; @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE}\n\
666 and @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} are not invoked.\n\
667 \n\
668 The @var{thunk_fndecl} is redundant. (@var{delta} and @var{function}\n\
669 have already been extracted from it.) It might possibly be useful on\n\
670 some targets, but probably not.\n\
671 \n\
672 If you do not define this macro, the target-independent code in the C++\n\
673 front end will generate a less efficient heavyweight thunk that calls\n\
674 @var{function} instead of jumping to it. The generic approach does\n\
675 not support varargs.",
676 void, (FILE *file, tree thunk_fndecl, HOST_WIDE_INT delta,
677 HOST_WIDE_INT vcall_offset, tree function),
678 NULL)
679
680 /* Determine whether output_mi_thunk would succeed. */
681 /* ??? Ideally, this hook would not exist, and success or failure
682 would be returned from output_mi_thunk directly. But there's
683 too much undo-able setup involved in invoking output_mi_thunk.
684 Could be fixed by making output_mi_thunk emit rtl instead of
685 text to the output file. */
686 DEFHOOK
687 (can_output_mi_thunk,
688 "A function that returns true if TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_MI_THUNK would be able\n\
689 to output the assembler code for the thunk function specified by the\n\
690 arguments it is passed, and false otherwise. In the latter case, the\n\
691 generic approach will be used by the C++ front end, with the limitations\n\
692 previously exposed.",
693 bool, (const_tree thunk_fndecl, HOST_WIDE_INT delta,
694 HOST_WIDE_INT vcall_offset, const_tree function),
695 hook_bool_const_tree_hwi_hwi_const_tree_false)
696
697 /* Output any boilerplate text needed at the beginning of a
698 translation unit. */
699 DEFHOOK
700 (file_start,
701 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which the assembler expects to\n\
702 find at the beginning of a file. The default behavior is controlled\n\
703 by two flags, documented below. Unless your target's assembler is\n\
704 quite unusual, if you override the default, you should call\n\
705 @code{default_file_start} at some point in your target hook. This\n\
706 lets other target files rely on these variables.",
707 void, (void),
708 default_file_start)
709
710 /* Output any boilerplate text needed at the end of a translation unit. */
711 DEFHOOK
712 (file_end,
713 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which the assembler expects\n\
714 to find at the end of a file. The default is to output nothing.",
715 void, (void),
716 hook_void_void)
717
718 /* Output any boilerplate text needed at the beginning of an
719 LTO output stream. */
720 DEFHOOK
721 (lto_start,
722 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which the assembler expects\n\
723 to find at the start of an LTO section. The default is to output\n\
724 nothing.",
725 void, (void),
726 hook_void_void)
727
728 /* Output any boilerplate text needed at the end of an
729 LTO output stream. */
730 DEFHOOK
731 (lto_end,
732 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which the assembler expects\n\
733 to find at the end of an LTO section. The default is to output\n\
734 nothing.",
735 void, (void),
736 hook_void_void)
737
738 /* Output any boilerplace text needed at the end of a
739 translation unit before debug and unwind info is emitted. */
740 DEFHOOK
741 (code_end,
742 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which is needed before emitting\n\
743 unwind info and debug info at the end of a file. Some targets emit\n\
744 here PIC setup thunks that cannot be emitted at the end of file,\n\
745 because they couldn't have unwind info then. The default is to output\n\
746 nothing.",
747 void, (void),
748 hook_void_void)
749
750 /* Output an assembler pseudo-op to declare a library function name
751 external. */
752 DEFHOOK
753 (external_libcall,
754 "This target hook is a function to output to @var{asm_out_file} an assembler\n\
755 pseudo-op to declare a library function name external. The name of the\n\
756 library function is given by @var{symref}, which is a @code{symbol_ref}.",
757 void, (rtx symref),
758 default_external_libcall)
759
760 /* Output an assembler directive to mark decl live. This instructs
761 linker to not dead code strip this symbol. */
762 DEFHOOK
763 (mark_decl_preserved,
764 "This target hook is a function to output to @var{asm_out_file} an assembler\n\
765 directive to annotate @var{symbol} as used. The Darwin target uses the\n\
766 .no_dead_code_strip directive.",
767 void, (const char *symbol),
768 hook_void_constcharptr)
769
770 /* Output a record of the command line switches that have been passed. */
771 DEFHOOK
772 (record_gcc_switches,
773 "Provides the target with the ability to record the gcc command line\n\
774 switches provided as argument.\n\
775 \n\
776 By default this hook is set to NULL, but an example implementation is\n\
777 provided for ELF based targets. Called @var{elf_record_gcc_switches},\n\
778 it records the switches as ASCII text inside a new, string mergeable\n\
779 section in the assembler output file. The name of the new section is\n\
780 provided by the @code{TARGET_ASM_RECORD_GCC_SWITCHES_SECTION} target\n\
781 hook.",
782 void, (const char *),
783 NULL)
784
785 /* The name of the section that the example ELF implementation of
786 record_gcc_switches will use to store the information. Target
787 specific versions of record_gcc_switches may or may not use
788 this information. */
789 DEFHOOKPOD
790 (record_gcc_switches_section,
791 "This is the name of the section that will be created by the example\n\
792 ELF implementation of the @code{TARGET_ASM_RECORD_GCC_SWITCHES} target\n\
793 hook.",
794 const char *, ".GCC.command.line")
795
796 /* Output the definition of a section anchor. */
797 DEFHOOK
798 (output_anchor,
799 "Write the assembly code to define section anchor @var{x}, which is a\n\
800 @code{SYMBOL_REF} for which @samp{SYMBOL_REF_ANCHOR_P (@var{x})} is true.\n\
801 The hook is called with the assembly output position set to the beginning\n\
802 of @code{SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK (@var{x})}.\n\
803 \n\
804 If @code{ASM_OUTPUT_DEF} is available, the hook's default definition uses\n\
805 it to define the symbol as @samp{. + SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK_OFFSET (@var{x})}.\n\
806 If @code{ASM_OUTPUT_DEF} is not available, the hook's default definition\n\
807 is @code{NULL}, which disables the use of section anchors altogether.",
808 void, (rtx x),
809 default_asm_output_anchor)
810
811 DEFHOOK
812 (output_ident,
813 "Output a string based on @var{name}, suitable for the @samp{#ident}\n\
814 directive, or the equivalent directive or pragma in non-C-family languages.\n\
815 If this hook is not defined, nothing is output for the @samp{#ident}\n\
816 directive.",
817 void, (const char *name),
818 hook_void_constcharptr)
819
820 /* Output a DTP-relative reference to a TLS symbol. */
821 DEFHOOK
822 (output_dwarf_dtprel,
823 "If defined, this target hook is a function which outputs a DTP-relative\n\
824 reference to the given TLS symbol of the specified size.",
825 void, (FILE *file, int size, rtx x),
826 NULL)
827
828 /* Some target machines need to postscan each insn after it is output. */
829 DEFHOOK
830 (final_postscan_insn,
831 "If defined, this target hook is a function which is executed just after the\n\
832 output of assembler code for @var{insn}, to change the mode of the assembler\n\
833 if necessary.\n\
834 \n\
835 Here the argument @var{opvec} is the vector containing the operands\n\
836 extracted from @var{insn}, and @var{noperands} is the number of\n\
837 elements of the vector which contain meaningful data for this insn.\n\
838 The contents of this vector are what was used to convert the insn\n\
839 template into assembler code, so you can change the assembler mode\n\
840 by checking the contents of the vector.",
841 void, (FILE *file, rtx_insn *insn, rtx *opvec, int noperands),
842 NULL)
843
844 /* Emit the trampoline template. This hook may be NULL. */
845 DEFHOOK
846 (trampoline_template,
847 "This hook is called by @code{assemble_trampoline_template} to output,\n\
848 on the stream @var{f}, assembler code for a block of data that contains\n\
849 the constant parts of a trampoline. This code should not include a\n\
850 label---the label is taken care of automatically.\n\
851 \n\
852 If you do not define this hook, it means no template is needed\n\
853 for the target. Do not define this hook on systems where the block move\n\
854 code to copy the trampoline into place would be larger than the code\n\
855 to generate it on the spot.",
856 void, (FILE *f),
857 NULL)
858
859 DEFHOOK
860 (output_source_filename,
861 "Output DWARF debugging information which indicates that filename\n\
862 @var{name} is the current source file to the stdio stream @var{file}.\n\
863 \n\
864 This target hook need not be defined if the standard form of output\n\
865 for the file format in use is appropriate.",
866 void ,(FILE *file, const char *name),
867 default_asm_output_source_filename)
868
869 DEFHOOK
870 (output_addr_const_extra,
871 "A target hook to recognize @var{rtx} patterns that @code{output_addr_const}\n\
872 can't deal with, and output assembly code to @var{file} corresponding to\n\
873 the pattern @var{x}. This may be used to allow machine-dependent\n\
874 @code{UNSPEC}s to appear within constants.\n\
875 \n\
876 If target hook fails to recognize a pattern, it must return @code{false},\n\
877 so that a standard error message is printed. If it prints an error message\n\
878 itself, by calling, for example, @code{output_operand_lossage}, it may just\n\
879 return @code{true}.",
880 bool, (FILE *file, rtx x),
881 hook_bool_FILEptr_rtx_false)
882
883 /* ??? The TARGET_PRINT_OPERAND* hooks are part of the asm_out struct,
884 even though that is not reflected in the macro name to override their
885 initializers. */
886 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
887 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
888
889 /* Emit a machine-specific insn operand. */
890 /* ??? tm.texi only documents the old macro PRINT_OPERAND,
891 not this hook, and uses a different name for the argument FILE. */
892 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
893 (print_operand,
894 "",
895 void, (FILE *file, rtx x, int code),
896 default_print_operand)
897
898 /* Emit a machine-specific memory address. */
899 /* ??? tm.texi only documents the old macro PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS,
900 not this hook, and uses different argument names. */
901 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
902 (print_operand_address,
903 "",
904 void, (FILE *file, machine_mode mode, rtx addr),
905 default_print_operand_address)
906
907 /* Determine whether CODE is a valid punctuation character for the
908 `print_operand' hook. */
909 /* ??? tm.texi only documents the old macro PRINT_OPERAND_PUNCT_VALID_P,
910 not this hook. */
911 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
912 (print_operand_punct_valid_p,
913 "",
914 bool ,(unsigned char code),
915 default_print_operand_punct_valid_p)
916
917 /* Given a symbol name, perform same mangling as assemble_name and
918 ASM_OUTPUT_LABELREF, returning result as an IDENTIFIER_NODE. */
919 DEFHOOK
920 (mangle_assembler_name,
921 "Given a symbol @var{name}, perform same mangling as @code{varasm.c}'s\n\
922 @code{assemble_name}, but in memory rather than to a file stream, returning\n\
923 result as an @code{IDENTIFIER_NODE}. Required for correct LTO symtabs. The\n\
924 default implementation calls the @code{TARGET_STRIP_NAME_ENCODING} hook and\n\
925 then prepends the @code{USER_LABEL_PREFIX}, if any.",
926 tree, (const char *name),
927 default_mangle_assembler_name)
928
929 HOOK_VECTOR_END (asm_out)
930
931 /* Functions relating to instruction scheduling. All of these
932 default to null pointers, which haifa-sched.c looks for and handles. */
933 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
934 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_SCHED_"
935 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_SCHED, sched)
936
937 /* Given the current cost, COST, of an insn, INSN, calculate and
938 return a new cost based on its relationship to DEP_INSN through
939 the dependence LINK. The default is to make no adjustment. */
940 DEFHOOK
941 (adjust_cost,
942 "This function corrects the value of @var{cost} based on the\n\
943 relationship between @var{insn} and @var{dep_insn} through a\n\
944 dependence of type dep_type, and strength @var{dw}. It should return the new\n\
945 value. The default is to make no adjustment to @var{cost}. This can be\n\
946 used for example to specify to the scheduler using the traditional pipeline\n\
947 description that an output- or anti-dependence does not incur the same cost\n\
948 as a data-dependence. If the scheduler using the automaton based pipeline\n\
949 description, the cost of anti-dependence is zero and the cost of\n\
950 output-dependence is maximum of one and the difference of latency\n\
951 times of the first and the second insns. If these values are not\n\
952 acceptable, you could use the hook to modify them too. See also\n\
953 @pxref{Processor pipeline description}.",
954 int, (rtx_insn *insn, int dep_type1, rtx_insn *dep_insn, int cost,
955 unsigned int dw),
956 NULL)
957
958 /* Adjust the priority of an insn as you see fit. Returns the new priority. */
959 DEFHOOK
960 (adjust_priority,
961 "This hook adjusts the integer scheduling priority @var{priority} of\n\
962 @var{insn}. It should return the new priority. Increase the priority to\n\
963 execute @var{insn} earlier, reduce the priority to execute @var{insn}\n\
964 later. Do not define this hook if you do not need to adjust the\n\
965 scheduling priorities of insns.",
966 int, (rtx_insn *insn, int priority), NULL)
967
968 /* Function which returns the maximum number of insns that can be
969 scheduled in the same machine cycle. This must be constant
970 over an entire compilation. The default is 1. */
971 DEFHOOK
972 (issue_rate,
973 "This hook returns the maximum number of instructions that can ever\n\
974 issue at the same time on the target machine. The default is one.\n\
975 Although the insn scheduler can define itself the possibility of issue\n\
976 an insn on the same cycle, the value can serve as an additional\n\
977 constraint to issue insns on the same simulated processor cycle (see\n\
978 hooks @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER} and @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER2}).\n\
979 This value must be constant over the entire compilation. If you need\n\
980 it to vary depending on what the instructions are, you must use\n\
981 @samp{TARGET_SCHED_VARIABLE_ISSUE}.",
982 int, (void), NULL)
983
984 /* Calculate how much this insn affects how many more insns we
985 can emit this cycle. Default is they all cost the same. */
986 DEFHOOK
987 (variable_issue,
988 "This hook is executed by the scheduler after it has scheduled an insn\n\
989 from the ready list. It should return the number of insns which can\n\
990 still be issued in the current cycle. The default is\n\
991 @samp{@w{@var{more} - 1}} for insns other than @code{CLOBBER} and\n\
992 @code{USE}, which normally are not counted against the issue rate.\n\
993 You should define this hook if some insns take more machine resources\n\
994 than others, so that fewer insns can follow them in the same cycle.\n\
995 @var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any\n\
996 debug output to. @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by\n\
997 @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}. @var{insn} is the instruction that\n\
998 was scheduled.",
999 int, (FILE *file, int verbose, rtx_insn *insn, int more), NULL)
1000
1001 /* Initialize machine-dependent scheduling code. */
1002 DEFHOOK
1003 (init,
1004 "This hook is executed by the scheduler at the beginning of each block of\n\
1005 instructions that are to be scheduled. @var{file} is either a null\n\
1006 pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output to. @var{verbose}\n\
1007 is the verbose level provided by @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.\n\
1008 @var{max_ready} is the maximum number of insns in the current scheduling\n\
1009 region that can be live at the same time. This can be used to allocate\n\
1010 scratch space if it is needed, e.g.@: by @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER}.",
1011 void, (FILE *file, int verbose, int max_ready), NULL)
1012
1013 /* Finalize machine-dependent scheduling code. */
1014 DEFHOOK
1015 (finish,
1016 "This hook is executed by the scheduler at the end of each block of\n\
1017 instructions that are to be scheduled. It can be used to perform\n\
1018 cleanup of any actions done by the other scheduling hooks. @var{file}\n\
1019 is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output\n\
1020 to. @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by\n\
1021 @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.",
1022 void, (FILE *file, int verbose), NULL)
1023
1024 /* Initialize machine-dependent function wide scheduling code. */
1025 DEFHOOK
1026 (init_global,
1027 "This hook is executed by the scheduler after function level initializations.\n\
1028 @var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output to.\n\
1029 @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.\n\
1030 @var{old_max_uid} is the maximum insn uid when scheduling begins.",
1031 void, (FILE *file, int verbose, int old_max_uid), NULL)
1032
1033 /* Finalize machine-dependent function wide scheduling code. */
1034 DEFHOOK
1035 (finish_global,
1036 "This is the cleanup hook corresponding to @code{TARGET_SCHED_INIT_GLOBAL}.\n\
1037 @var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output to.\n\
1038 @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.",
1039 void, (FILE *file, int verbose), NULL)
1040
1041 /* Reorder insns in a machine-dependent fashion, in two different
1042 places. Default does nothing. */
1043 DEFHOOK
1044 (reorder,
1045 "This hook is executed by the scheduler after it has scheduled the ready\n\
1046 list, to allow the machine description to reorder it (for example to\n\
1047 combine two small instructions together on @samp{VLIW} machines).\n\
1048 @var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any\n\
1049 debug output to. @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by\n\
1050 @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}. @var{ready} is a pointer to the ready\n\
1051 list of instructions that are ready to be scheduled. @var{n_readyp} is\n\
1052 a pointer to the number of elements in the ready list. The scheduler\n\
1053 reads the ready list in reverse order, starting with\n\
1054 @var{ready}[@var{*n_readyp} @minus{} 1] and going to @var{ready}[0]. @var{clock}\n\
1055 is the timer tick of the scheduler. You may modify the ready list and\n\
1056 the number of ready insns. The return value is the number of insns that\n\
1057 can issue this cycle; normally this is just @code{issue_rate}. See also\n\
1058 @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER2}.",
1059 int, (FILE *file, int verbose, rtx_insn **ready, int *n_readyp, int clock), NULL)
1060
1061 DEFHOOK
1062 (reorder2,
1063 "Like @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER}, but called at a different time. That\n\
1064 function is called whenever the scheduler starts a new cycle. This one\n\
1065 is called once per iteration over a cycle, immediately after\n\
1066 @samp{TARGET_SCHED_VARIABLE_ISSUE}; it can reorder the ready list and\n\
1067 return the number of insns to be scheduled in the same cycle. Defining\n\
1068 this hook can be useful if there are frequent situations where\n\
1069 scheduling one insn causes other insns to become ready in the same\n\
1070 cycle. These other insns can then be taken into account properly.",
1071 int, (FILE *file, int verbose, rtx_insn **ready, int *n_readyp, int clock), NULL)
1072
1073 DEFHOOK
1074 (macro_fusion_p,
1075 "This hook is used to check whether target platform supports macro fusion.",
1076 bool, (void), NULL)
1077
1078 DEFHOOK
1079 (macro_fusion_pair_p,
1080 "This hook is used to check whether two insns should be macro fused for\n\
1081 a target microarchitecture. If this hook returns true for the given insn pair\n\
1082 (@var{prev} and @var{curr}), the scheduler will put them into a sched\n\
1083 group, and they will not be scheduled apart. The two insns will be either\n\
1084 two SET insns or a compare and a conditional jump and this hook should\n\
1085 validate any dependencies needed to fuse the two insns together.",
1086 bool, (rtx_insn *prev, rtx_insn *curr), NULL)
1087
1088 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1089 after evaluation forward dependencies of insns in chain given
1090 by two parameter values (head and tail correspondingly). */
1091 DEFHOOK
1092 (dependencies_evaluation_hook,
1093 "This hook is called after evaluation forward dependencies of insns in\n\
1094 chain given by two parameter values (@var{head} and @var{tail}\n\
1095 correspondingly) but before insns scheduling of the insn chain. For\n\
1096 example, it can be used for better insn classification if it requires\n\
1097 analysis of dependencies. This hook can use backward and forward\n\
1098 dependencies of the insn scheduler because they are already\n\
1099 calculated.",
1100 void, (rtx_insn *head, rtx_insn *tail), NULL)
1101
1102 /* The values of the following four members are pointers to functions
1103 used to simplify the automaton descriptions. dfa_pre_cycle_insn and
1104 dfa_post_cycle_insn give functions returning insns which are used to
1105 change the pipeline hazard recognizer state when the new simulated
1106 processor cycle correspondingly starts and finishes. The function
1107 defined by init_dfa_pre_cycle_insn and init_dfa_post_cycle_insn are
1108 used to initialize the corresponding insns. The default values of
1109 the members result in not changing the automaton state when the
1110 new simulated processor cycle correspondingly starts and finishes. */
1111
1112 DEFHOOK
1113 (init_dfa_pre_cycle_insn,
1114 "The hook can be used to initialize data used by the previous hook.",
1115 void, (void), NULL)
1116
1117 DEFHOOK
1118 (dfa_pre_cycle_insn,
1119 "The hook returns an RTL insn. The automaton state used in the\n\
1120 pipeline hazard recognizer is changed as if the insn were scheduled\n\
1121 when the new simulated processor cycle starts. Usage of the hook may\n\
1122 simplify the automaton pipeline description for some @acronym{VLIW}\n\
1123 processors. If the hook is defined, it is used only for the automaton\n\
1124 based pipeline description. The default is not to change the state\n\
1125 when the new simulated processor cycle starts.",
1126 rtx, (void), NULL)
1127
1128 DEFHOOK
1129 (init_dfa_post_cycle_insn,
1130 "The hook is analogous to @samp{TARGET_SCHED_INIT_DFA_PRE_CYCLE_INSN} but\n\
1131 used to initialize data used by the previous hook.",
1132 void, (void), NULL)
1133
1134 DEFHOOK
1135 (dfa_post_cycle_insn,
1136 "The hook is analogous to @samp{TARGET_SCHED_DFA_PRE_CYCLE_INSN} but used\n\
1137 to changed the state as if the insn were scheduled when the new\n\
1138 simulated processor cycle finishes.",
1139 rtx_insn *, (void), NULL)
1140
1141 /* The values of the following two members are pointers to
1142 functions used to simplify the automaton descriptions.
1143 dfa_pre_advance_cycle and dfa_post_advance_cycle are getting called
1144 immediately before and after cycle is advanced. */
1145
1146 DEFHOOK
1147 (dfa_pre_advance_cycle,
1148 "The hook to notify target that the current simulated cycle is about to finish.\n\
1149 The hook is analogous to @samp{TARGET_SCHED_DFA_PRE_CYCLE_INSN} but used\n\
1150 to change the state in more complicated situations - e.g., when advancing\n\
1151 state on a single insn is not enough.",
1152 void, (void), NULL)
1153
1154 DEFHOOK
1155 (dfa_post_advance_cycle,
1156 "The hook to notify target that new simulated cycle has just started.\n\
1157 The hook is analogous to @samp{TARGET_SCHED_DFA_POST_CYCLE_INSN} but used\n\
1158 to change the state in more complicated situations - e.g., when advancing\n\
1159 state on a single insn is not enough.",
1160 void, (void), NULL)
1161
1162 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function returning value
1163 which defines how many insns in queue `ready' will we try for
1164 multi-pass scheduling. If the member value is nonzero and the
1165 function returns positive value, the DFA based scheduler will make
1166 multi-pass scheduling for the first cycle. In other words, we will
1167 try to choose ready insn which permits to start maximum number of
1168 insns on the same cycle. */
1169 DEFHOOK
1170 (first_cycle_multipass_dfa_lookahead,
1171 "This hook controls better choosing an insn from the ready insn queue\n\
1172 for the @acronym{DFA}-based insn scheduler. Usually the scheduler\n\
1173 chooses the first insn from the queue. If the hook returns a positive\n\
1174 value, an additional scheduler code tries all permutations of\n\
1175 @samp{TARGET_SCHED_FIRST_CYCLE_MULTIPASS_DFA_LOOKAHEAD ()}\n\
1176 subsequent ready insns to choose an insn whose issue will result in\n\
1177 maximal number of issued insns on the same cycle. For the\n\
1178 @acronym{VLIW} processor, the code could actually solve the problem of\n\
1179 packing simple insns into the @acronym{VLIW} insn. Of course, if the\n\
1180 rules of @acronym{VLIW} packing are described in the automaton.\n\
1181 \n\
1182 This code also could be used for superscalar @acronym{RISC}\n\
1183 processors. Let us consider a superscalar @acronym{RISC} processor\n\
1184 with 3 pipelines. Some insns can be executed in pipelines @var{A} or\n\
1185 @var{B}, some insns can be executed only in pipelines @var{B} or\n\
1186 @var{C}, and one insn can be executed in pipeline @var{B}. The\n\
1187 processor may issue the 1st insn into @var{A} and the 2nd one into\n\
1188 @var{B}. In this case, the 3rd insn will wait for freeing @var{B}\n\
1189 until the next cycle. If the scheduler issues the 3rd insn the first,\n\
1190 the processor could issue all 3 insns per cycle.\n\
1191 \n\
1192 Actually this code demonstrates advantages of the automaton based\n\
1193 pipeline hazard recognizer. We try quickly and easy many insn\n\
1194 schedules to choose the best one.\n\
1195 \n\
1196 The default is no multipass scheduling.",
1197 int, (void), NULL)
1198
1199 /* The following member value is pointer to a function controlling
1200 what insns from the ready insn queue will be considered for the
1201 multipass insn scheduling. If the hook returns zero for insn
1202 passed as the parameter, the insn will be not chosen to be issued. */
1203 DEFHOOK
1204 (first_cycle_multipass_dfa_lookahead_guard,
1205 "\n\
1206 This hook controls what insns from the ready insn queue will be\n\
1207 considered for the multipass insn scheduling. If the hook returns\n\
1208 zero for @var{insn}, the insn will be considered in multipass scheduling.\n\
1209 Positive return values will remove @var{insn} from consideration on\n\
1210 the current round of multipass scheduling.\n\
1211 Negative return values will remove @var{insn} from consideration for given\n\
1212 number of cycles.\n\
1213 Backends should be careful about returning non-zero for highest priority\n\
1214 instruction at position 0 in the ready list. @var{ready_index} is passed\n\
1215 to allow backends make correct judgements.\n\
1216 \n\
1217 The default is that any ready insns can be chosen to be issued.",
1218 int, (rtx_insn *insn, int ready_index), NULL)
1219
1220 /* This hook prepares the target for a new round of multipass
1221 scheduling.
1222 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data used for multipass scheduling.
1223 READY_TRY and N_READY represent the current state of search in the
1224 optimization space. The target can filter out instructions that
1225 should not be tried during current round by setting corresponding
1226 elements in READY_TRY to non-zero.
1227 FIRST_CYCLE_INSN_P is true if this is the first round of multipass
1228 scheduling on current cycle. */
1229 DEFHOOK
1230 (first_cycle_multipass_begin,
1231 "This hook prepares the target backend for a new round of multipass\n\
1232 scheduling.",
1233 void, (void *data, signed char *ready_try, int n_ready, bool first_cycle_insn_p),
1234 NULL)
1235
1236 /* This hook is called when multipass scheduling evaluates instruction INSN.
1237 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data that can be used to record effects
1238 of INSN on CPU that are not described in DFA.
1239 READY_TRY and N_READY represent the current state of search in the
1240 optimization space. The target can filter out instructions that
1241 should not be tried after issuing INSN by setting corresponding
1242 elements in READY_TRY to non-zero.
1243 INSN is the instruction being evaluated.
1244 PREV_DATA is a pointer to target-specific data corresponding
1245 to a state before issuing INSN. */
1246 DEFHOOK
1247 (first_cycle_multipass_issue,
1248 "This hook is called when multipass scheduling evaluates instruction INSN.",
1249 void, (void *data, signed char *ready_try, int n_ready, rtx_insn *insn,
1250 const void *prev_data), NULL)
1251
1252 /* This hook is called when multipass scheduling backtracks from evaluation of
1253 instruction corresponding to DATA.
1254 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data that stores the effects
1255 of instruction from which the algorithm backtracks on CPU that are not
1256 described in DFA.
1257 READY_TRY and N_READY represent the current state of search in the
1258 optimization space. The target can filter out instructions that
1259 should not be tried after issuing INSN by setting corresponding
1260 elements in READY_TRY to non-zero. */
1261 DEFHOOK
1262 (first_cycle_multipass_backtrack,
1263 "This is called when multipass scheduling backtracks from evaluation of\n\
1264 an instruction.",
1265 void, (const void *data, signed char *ready_try, int n_ready), NULL)
1266
1267 /* This hook notifies the target about the result of the concluded current
1268 round of multipass scheduling.
1269 DATA is a pointer.
1270 If DATA is non-NULL it points to target-specific data used for multipass
1271 scheduling which corresponds to instruction at the start of the chain of
1272 the winning solution. DATA is NULL when multipass scheduling cannot find
1273 a good enough solution on current cycle and decides to retry later,
1274 usually after advancing the cycle count. */
1275 DEFHOOK
1276 (first_cycle_multipass_end,
1277 "This hook notifies the target about the result of the concluded current\n\
1278 round of multipass scheduling.",
1279 void, (const void *data), NULL)
1280
1281 /* This hook is called to initialize target-specific data for multipass
1282 scheduling after it has been allocated.
1283 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data that stores the effects
1284 of instruction from which the algorithm backtracks on CPU that are not
1285 described in DFA. */
1286 DEFHOOK
1287 (first_cycle_multipass_init,
1288 "This hook initializes target-specific data used in multipass scheduling.",
1289 void, (void *data), NULL)
1290
1291 /* This hook is called to finalize target-specific data for multipass
1292 scheduling before it is deallocated.
1293 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data that stores the effects
1294 of instruction from which the algorithm backtracks on CPU that are not
1295 described in DFA. */
1296 DEFHOOK
1297 (first_cycle_multipass_fini,
1298 "This hook finalizes target-specific data used in multipass scheduling.",
1299 void, (void *data), NULL)
1300
1301 /* The following member value is pointer to a function called by
1302 the insn scheduler before issuing insn passed as the third
1303 parameter on given cycle. If the hook returns nonzero, the
1304 insn is not issued on given processors cycle. Instead of that,
1305 the processor cycle is advanced. If the value passed through
1306 the last parameter is zero, the insn ready queue is not sorted
1307 on the new cycle start as usually. The first parameter passes
1308 file for debugging output. The second one passes the scheduler
1309 verbose level of the debugging output. The forth and the fifth
1310 parameter values are correspondingly processor cycle on which
1311 the previous insn has been issued and the current processor cycle. */
1312 DEFHOOK
1313 (dfa_new_cycle,
1314 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler before issuing @var{insn}\n\
1315 on cycle @var{clock}. If the hook returns nonzero,\n\
1316 @var{insn} is not issued on this processor cycle. Instead,\n\
1317 the processor cycle is advanced. If *@var{sort_p}\n\
1318 is zero, the insn ready queue is not sorted on the new cycle\n\
1319 start as usually. @var{dump} and @var{verbose} specify the file and\n\
1320 verbosity level to use for debugging output.\n\
1321 @var{last_clock} and @var{clock} are, respectively, the\n\
1322 processor cycle on which the previous insn has been issued,\n\
1323 and the current processor cycle.",
1324 int, (FILE *dump, int verbose, rtx_insn *insn, int last_clock,
1325 int clock, int *sort_p),
1326 NULL)
1327
1328 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called by the
1329 insn scheduler. It should return true if there exists a dependence
1330 which is considered costly by the target, between the insn
1331 DEP_PRO (&_DEP), and the insn DEP_CON (&_DEP). The first parameter is
1332 the dep that represents the dependence between the two insns. The
1333 second argument is the cost of the dependence as estimated by
1334 the scheduler. The last argument is the distance in cycles
1335 between the already scheduled insn (first parameter) and the
1336 second insn (second parameter). */
1337 DEFHOOK
1338 (is_costly_dependence,
1339 "This hook is used to define which dependences are considered costly by\n\
1340 the target, so costly that it is not advisable to schedule the insns that\n\
1341 are involved in the dependence too close to one another. The parameters\n\
1342 to this hook are as follows: The first parameter @var{_dep} is the dependence\n\
1343 being evaluated. The second parameter @var{cost} is the cost of the\n\
1344 dependence as estimated by the scheduler, and the third\n\
1345 parameter @var{distance} is the distance in cycles between the two insns.\n\
1346 The hook returns @code{true} if considering the distance between the two\n\
1347 insns the dependence between them is considered costly by the target,\n\
1348 and @code{false} otherwise.\n\
1349 \n\
1350 Defining this hook can be useful in multiple-issue out-of-order machines,\n\
1351 where (a) it's practically hopeless to predict the actual data/resource\n\
1352 delays, however: (b) there's a better chance to predict the actual grouping\n\
1353 that will be formed, and (c) correctly emulating the grouping can be very\n\
1354 important. In such targets one may want to allow issuing dependent insns\n\
1355 closer to one another---i.e., closer than the dependence distance; however,\n\
1356 not in cases of ``costly dependences'', which this hooks allows to define.",
1357 bool, (struct _dep *_dep, int cost, int distance), NULL)
1358
1359 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1360 by the insn scheduler. This hook is called to notify the backend
1361 that new instructions were emitted. */
1362 DEFHOOK
1363 (h_i_d_extended,
1364 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler after emitting a new instruction to\n\
1365 the instruction stream. The hook notifies a target backend to extend its\n\
1366 per instruction data structures.",
1367 void, (void), NULL)
1368
1369 /* Next 5 functions are for multi-point scheduling. */
1370
1371 /* Allocate memory for scheduler context. */
1372 DEFHOOK
1373 (alloc_sched_context,
1374 "Return a pointer to a store large enough to hold target scheduling context.",
1375 void *, (void), NULL)
1376
1377 /* Fills the context from the local machine scheduler context. */
1378 DEFHOOK
1379 (init_sched_context,
1380 "Initialize store pointed to by @var{tc} to hold target scheduling context.\n\
1381 It @var{clean_p} is true then initialize @var{tc} as if scheduler is at the\n\
1382 beginning of the block. Otherwise, copy the current context into @var{tc}.",
1383 void, (void *tc, bool clean_p), NULL)
1384
1385 /* Sets local machine scheduler context to a saved value. */
1386 DEFHOOK
1387 (set_sched_context,
1388 "Copy target scheduling context pointed to by @var{tc} to the current context.",
1389 void, (void *tc), NULL)
1390
1391 /* Clears a scheduler context so it becomes like after init. */
1392 DEFHOOK
1393 (clear_sched_context,
1394 "Deallocate internal data in target scheduling context pointed to by @var{tc}.",
1395 void, (void *tc), NULL)
1396
1397 /* Frees the scheduler context. */
1398 DEFHOOK
1399 (free_sched_context,
1400 "Deallocate a store for target scheduling context pointed to by @var{tc}.",
1401 void, (void *tc), NULL)
1402
1403 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1404 by the insn scheduler.
1405 The first parameter is an instruction, the second parameter is the type
1406 of the requested speculation, and the third parameter is a pointer to the
1407 speculative pattern of the corresponding type (set if return value == 1).
1408 It should return
1409 -1, if there is no pattern, that will satisfy the requested speculation type,
1410 0, if current pattern satisfies the requested speculation type,
1411 1, if pattern of the instruction should be changed to the newly
1412 generated one. */
1413 DEFHOOK
1414 (speculate_insn,
1415 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler when @var{insn} has only\n\
1416 speculative dependencies and therefore can be scheduled speculatively.\n\
1417 The hook is used to check if the pattern of @var{insn} has a speculative\n\
1418 version and, in case of successful check, to generate that speculative\n\
1419 pattern. The hook should return 1, if the instruction has a speculative form,\n\
1420 or @minus{}1, if it doesn't. @var{request} describes the type of requested\n\
1421 speculation. If the return value equals 1 then @var{new_pat} is assigned\n\
1422 the generated speculative pattern.",
1423 int, (rtx_insn *insn, unsigned int dep_status, rtx *new_pat), NULL)
1424
1425 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1426 by the insn scheduler. It should return true if the check instruction
1427 passed as the parameter needs a recovery block. */
1428 DEFHOOK
1429 (needs_block_p,
1430 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler during generation of recovery code\n\
1431 for @var{insn}. It should return @code{true}, if the corresponding check\n\
1432 instruction should branch to recovery code, or @code{false} otherwise.",
1433 bool, (unsigned int dep_status), NULL)
1434
1435 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1436 by the insn scheduler. It should return a pattern for the check
1437 instruction.
1438 The first parameter is a speculative instruction, the second parameter
1439 is the label of the corresponding recovery block (or null, if it is a
1440 simple check). The third parameter is the kind of speculation that
1441 is being performed. */
1442 DEFHOOK
1443 (gen_spec_check,
1444 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler to generate a pattern for recovery\n\
1445 check instruction. If @var{mutate_p} is zero, then @var{insn} is a\n\
1446 speculative instruction for which the check should be generated.\n\
1447 @var{label} is either a label of a basic block, where recovery code should\n\
1448 be emitted, or a null pointer, when requested check doesn't branch to\n\
1449 recovery code (a simple check). If @var{mutate_p} is nonzero, then\n\
1450 a pattern for a branchy check corresponding to a simple check denoted by\n\
1451 @var{insn} should be generated. In this case @var{label} can't be null.",
1452 rtx, (rtx_insn *insn, rtx_insn *label, unsigned int ds), NULL)
1453
1454 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function that provides
1455 information about the speculation capabilities of the target.
1456 The parameter is a pointer to spec_info variable. */
1457 DEFHOOK
1458 (set_sched_flags,
1459 "This hook is used by the insn scheduler to find out what features should be\n\
1460 enabled/used.\n\
1461 The structure *@var{spec_info} should be filled in by the target.\n\
1462 The structure describes speculation types that can be used in the scheduler.",
1463 void, (struct spec_info_def *spec_info), NULL)
1464
1465 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
1466 (get_insn_spec_ds,
1467 "Return speculation types of instruction @var{insn}.",
1468 unsigned int, (rtx_insn *insn), NULL)
1469
1470 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
1471 (get_insn_checked_ds,
1472 "Return speculation types that are checked for instruction @var{insn}",
1473 unsigned int, (rtx_insn *insn), NULL)
1474
1475 DEFHOOK
1476 (can_speculate_insn,
1477 "Some instructions should never be speculated by the schedulers, usually\n\
1478 because the instruction is too expensive to get this wrong. Often such\n\
1479 instructions have long latency, and often they are not fully modeled in the\n\
1480 pipeline descriptions. This hook should return @code{false} if @var{insn}\n\
1481 should not be speculated.",
1482 bool, (rtx_insn *insn), hook_bool_rtx_insn_true)
1483
1484 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
1485 (skip_rtx_p,
1486 "Return bool if rtx scanning should just skip current layer and\
1487 advance to the inner rtxes.",
1488 bool, (const_rtx x), NULL)
1489
1490 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function that provides
1491 information about the target resource-based lower bound which is
1492 used by the swing modulo scheduler. The parameter is a pointer
1493 to ddg variable. */
1494 DEFHOOK
1495 (sms_res_mii,
1496 "This hook is called by the swing modulo scheduler to calculate a\n\
1497 resource-based lower bound which is based on the resources available in\n\
1498 the machine and the resources required by each instruction. The target\n\
1499 backend can use @var{g} to calculate such bound. A very simple lower\n\
1500 bound will be used in case this hook is not implemented: the total number\n\
1501 of instructions divided by the issue rate.",
1502 int, (struct ddg *g), NULL)
1503
1504 /* The following member value is a function that initializes dispatch
1505 schedling and adds instructions to dispatch window according to its
1506 parameters. */
1507 DEFHOOK
1508 (dispatch_do,
1509 "This hook is called by Haifa Scheduler. It performs the operation specified\n\
1510 in its second parameter.",
1511 void, (rtx_insn *insn, int x),
1512 hook_void_rtx_insn_int)
1513
1514 /* The following member value is a function that returns true is
1515 dispatch schedling is supported in hardware and condition passed
1516 as the second parameter is true. */
1517 DEFHOOK
1518 (dispatch,
1519 "This hook is called by Haifa Scheduler. It returns true if dispatch scheduling\n\
1520 is supported in hardware and the condition specified in the parameter is true.",
1521 bool, (rtx_insn *insn, int x),
1522 hook_bool_rtx_insn_int_false)
1523
1524 DEFHOOKPOD
1525 (exposed_pipeline,
1526 "True if the processor has an exposed pipeline, which means that not just\n\
1527 the order of instructions is important for correctness when scheduling, but\n\
1528 also the latencies of operations.",
1529 bool, false)
1530
1531 /* The following member value is a function that returns number
1532 of operations reassociator should try to put in parallel for
1533 statements of the given type. By default 1 is used. */
1534 DEFHOOK
1535 (reassociation_width,
1536 "This hook is called by tree reassociator to determine a level of\n\
1537 parallelism required in output calculations chain.",
1538 int, (unsigned int opc, machine_mode mode),
1539 hook_int_uint_mode_1)
1540
1541 /* The following member value is a function that returns priority for
1542 fusion of each instruction via pointer parameters. */
1543 DEFHOOK
1544 (fusion_priority,
1545 "This hook is called by scheduling fusion pass. It calculates fusion\n\
1546 priorities for each instruction passed in by parameter. The priorities\n\
1547 are returned via pointer parameters.\n\
1548 \n\
1549 @var{insn} is the instruction whose priorities need to be calculated.\n\
1550 @var{max_pri} is the maximum priority can be returned in any cases.\n\
1551 @var{fusion_pri} is the pointer parameter through which @var{insn}'s\n\
1552 fusion priority should be calculated and returned.\n\
1553 @var{pri} is the pointer parameter through which @var{insn}'s priority\n\
1554 should be calculated and returned.\n\
1555 \n\
1556 Same @var{fusion_pri} should be returned for instructions which should\n\
1557 be scheduled together. Different @var{pri} should be returned for\n\
1558 instructions with same @var{fusion_pri}. @var{fusion_pri} is the major\n\
1559 sort key, @var{pri} is the minor sort key. All instructions will be\n\
1560 scheduled according to the two priorities. All priorities calculated\n\
1561 should be between 0 (exclusive) and @var{max_pri} (inclusive). To avoid\n\
1562 false dependencies, @var{fusion_pri} of instructions which need to be\n\
1563 scheduled together should be smaller than @var{fusion_pri} of irrelevant\n\
1564 instructions.\n\
1565 \n\
1566 Given below example:\n\
1567 \n\
1568 @smallexample\n\
1569 ldr r10, [r1, 4]\n\
1570 add r4, r4, r10\n\
1571 ldr r15, [r2, 8]\n\
1572 sub r5, r5, r15\n\
1573 ldr r11, [r1, 0]\n\
1574 add r4, r4, r11\n\
1575 ldr r16, [r2, 12]\n\
1576 sub r5, r5, r16\n\
1577 @end smallexample\n\
1578 \n\
1579 On targets like ARM/AArch64, the two pairs of consecutive loads should be\n\
1580 merged. Since peephole2 pass can't help in this case unless consecutive\n\
1581 loads are actually next to each other in instruction flow. That's where\n\
1582 this scheduling fusion pass works. This hook calculates priority for each\n\
1583 instruction based on its fustion type, like:\n\
1584 \n\
1585 @smallexample\n\
1586 ldr r10, [r1, 4] ; fusion_pri=99, pri=96\n\
1587 add r4, r4, r10 ; fusion_pri=100, pri=100\n\
1588 ldr r15, [r2, 8] ; fusion_pri=98, pri=92\n\
1589 sub r5, r5, r15 ; fusion_pri=100, pri=100\n\
1590 ldr r11, [r1, 0] ; fusion_pri=99, pri=100\n\
1591 add r4, r4, r11 ; fusion_pri=100, pri=100\n\
1592 ldr r16, [r2, 12] ; fusion_pri=98, pri=88\n\
1593 sub r5, r5, r16 ; fusion_pri=100, pri=100\n\
1594 @end smallexample\n\
1595 \n\
1596 Scheduling fusion pass then sorts all ready to issue instructions according\n\
1597 to the priorities. As a result, instructions of same fusion type will be\n\
1598 pushed together in instruction flow, like:\n\
1599 \n\
1600 @smallexample\n\
1601 ldr r11, [r1, 0]\n\
1602 ldr r10, [r1, 4]\n\
1603 ldr r15, [r2, 8]\n\
1604 ldr r16, [r2, 12]\n\
1605 add r4, r4, r10\n\
1606 sub r5, r5, r15\n\
1607 add r4, r4, r11\n\
1608 sub r5, r5, r16\n\
1609 @end smallexample\n\
1610 \n\
1611 Now peephole2 pass can simply merge the two pairs of loads.\n\
1612 \n\
1613 Since scheduling fusion pass relies on peephole2 to do real fusion\n\
1614 work, it is only enabled by default when peephole2 is in effect.\n\
1615 \n\
1616 This is firstly introduced on ARM/AArch64 targets, please refer to\n\
1617 the hook implementation for how different fusion types are supported.",
1618 void, (rtx_insn *insn, int max_pri, int *fusion_pri, int *pri), NULL)
1619
1620 HOOK_VECTOR_END (sched)
1621
1622 /* Functions relating to OpenMP SIMD and __attribute__((simd)) clones. */
1623 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
1624 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_SIMD_CLONE_"
1625 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_SIMD_CLONE, simd_clone)
1626
1627 DEFHOOK
1628 (compute_vecsize_and_simdlen,
1629 "This hook should set @var{vecsize_mangle}, @var{vecsize_int}, @var{vecsize_float}\n\
1630 fields in @var{simd_clone} structure pointed by @var{clone_info} argument and also\n\
1631 @var{simdlen} field if it was previously 0.\n\
1632 The hook should return 0 if SIMD clones shouldn't be emitted,\n\
1633 or number of @var{vecsize_mangle} variants that should be emitted.",
1634 int, (struct cgraph_node *, struct cgraph_simd_clone *, tree, int), NULL)
1635
1636 DEFHOOK
1637 (adjust,
1638 "This hook should add implicit @code{attribute(target(\"...\"))} attribute\n\
1639 to SIMD clone @var{node} if needed.",
1640 void, (struct cgraph_node *), NULL)
1641
1642 DEFHOOK
1643 (usable,
1644 "This hook should return -1 if SIMD clone @var{node} shouldn't be used\n\
1645 in vectorized loops in current function, or non-negative number if it is\n\
1646 usable. In that case, the smaller the number is, the more desirable it is\n\
1647 to use it.",
1648 int, (struct cgraph_node *), NULL)
1649
1650 HOOK_VECTOR_END (simd_clone)
1651
1652 /* Functions relating to OpenMP SIMT vectorization transform. */
1653 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
1654 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_SIMT_"
1655 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_SIMT, simt)
1656
1657 DEFHOOK
1658 (vf,
1659 "Return number of threads in SIMT thread group on the target.",
1660 int, (void), NULL)
1661
1662 HOOK_VECTOR_END (simt)
1663
1664 /* Functions relating to OpenMP. */
1665 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
1666 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_OMP_"
1667 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_OMP, omp)
1668
1669 DEFHOOK
1670 (device_kind_arch_isa,
1671 "Return 1 if @var{trait} @var{name} is present in the OpenMP context's\n\
1672 device trait set, return 0 if not present in any OpenMP context in the\n\
1673 whole translation unit, or -1 if not present in the current OpenMP context\n\
1674 but might be present in another OpenMP context in the same TU.",
1675 int, (enum omp_device_kind_arch_isa trait, const char *name), NULL)
1676
1677 HOOK_VECTOR_END (omp)
1678
1679 /* Functions relating to openacc. */
1680 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
1681 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_GOACC_"
1682 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_GOACC, goacc)
1683
1684 DEFHOOK
1685 (validate_dims,
1686 "This hook should check the launch dimensions provided for an OpenACC\n\
1687 compute region, or routine. Defaulted values are represented as -1\n\
1688 and non-constant values as 0. The @var{fn_level} is negative for the\n\
1689 function corresponding to the compute region. For a routine it is the\n\
1690 outermost level at which partitioned execution may be spawned. The hook\n\
1691 should verify non-default values. If DECL is NULL, global defaults\n\
1692 are being validated and unspecified defaults should be filled in.\n\
1693 Diagnostics should be issued as appropriate. Return\n\
1694 true, if changes have been made. You must override this hook to\n\
1695 provide dimensions larger than 1.",
1696 bool, (tree decl, int *dims, int fn_level, unsigned used),
1697 default_goacc_validate_dims)
1698
1699 DEFHOOK
1700 (dim_limit,
1701 "This hook should return the maximum size of a particular dimension,\n\
1702 or zero if unbounded.",
1703 int, (int axis),
1704 default_goacc_dim_limit)
1705
1706 DEFHOOK
1707 (fork_join,
1708 "This hook can be used to convert IFN_GOACC_FORK and IFN_GOACC_JOIN\n\
1709 function calls to target-specific gimple, or indicate whether they\n\
1710 should be retained. It is executed during the oacc_device_lower pass.\n\
1711 It should return true, if the call should be retained. It should\n\
1712 return false, if it is to be deleted (either because target-specific\n\
1713 gimple has been inserted before it, or there is no need for it).\n\
1714 The default hook returns false, if there are no RTL expanders for them.",
1715 bool, (gcall *call, const int *dims, bool is_fork),
1716 default_goacc_fork_join)
1717
1718 DEFHOOK
1719 (reduction,
1720 "This hook is used by the oacc_transform pass to expand calls to the\n\
1721 @var{GOACC_REDUCTION} internal function, into a sequence of gimple\n\
1722 instructions. @var{call} is gimple statement containing the call to\n\
1723 the function. This hook removes statement @var{call} after the\n\
1724 expanded sequence has been inserted. This hook is also responsible\n\
1725 for allocating any storage for reductions when necessary.",
1726 void, (gcall *call),
1727 default_goacc_reduction)
1728
1729 DEFHOOK
1730 (adjust_private_decl,
1731 "This hook, if defined, is used by accelerator target back-ends to adjust\n\
1732 OpenACC variable declarations that should be made private to the given\n\
1733 parallelism level (i.e. @code{GOMP_DIM_GANG}, @code{GOMP_DIM_WORKER} or\n\
1734 @code{GOMP_DIM_VECTOR}). A typical use for this hook is to force variable\n\
1735 declarations at the @code{gang} level to reside in GPU shared memory.\n\
1736 @var{loc} may be used for diagnostic purposes.\n\
1737 \n\
1738 You may also use the @code{TARGET_GOACC_EXPAND_VAR_DECL} hook if the\n\
1739 adjusted variable declaration needs to be expanded to RTL in a non-standard\n\
1740 way.",
1741 tree, (location_t loc, tree var, int level),
1742 NULL)
1743
1744 DEFHOOK
1745 (expand_var_decl,
1746 "This hook, if defined, is used by accelerator target back-ends to expand\n\
1747 specially handled kinds of @code{VAR_DECL} expressions. A particular use is\n\
1748 to place variables with specific attributes inside special accelarator\n\
1749 memories. A return value of @code{NULL} indicates that the target does not\n\
1750 handle this @code{VAR_DECL}, and normal RTL expanding is resumed.\n\
1751 \n\
1752 Only define this hook if your accelerator target needs to expand certain\n\
1753 @code{VAR_DECL} nodes in a way that differs from the default. You can also adjust\n\
1754 private variables at OpenACC device-lowering time using the\n\
1755 @code{TARGET_GOACC_ADJUST_PRIVATE_DECL} target hook.",
1756 rtx, (tree var),
1757 NULL)
1758
1759 DEFHOOK
1760 (create_worker_broadcast_record,
1761 "Create a record used to propagate local-variable state from an active\n\
1762 worker to other workers. A possible implementation might adjust the type\n\
1763 of REC to place the new variable in shared GPU memory.\n\
1764 \n\
1765 Presence of this target hook indicates that middle end neutering/broadcasting\n\
1766 be used.",
1767 tree, (tree rec, bool sender, const char *name),
1768 NULL)
1769
1770 HOOK_VECTOR_END (goacc)
1771
1772 /* Functions relating to vectorization. */
1773 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
1774 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_VECTORIZE_"
1775 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_VECTORIZE, vectorize)
1776
1777 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1778 by the vectorizer, and return the decl of the target builtin
1779 function. */
1780 DEFHOOK
1781 (builtin_mask_for_load,
1782 "This hook should return the DECL of a function @var{f} that given an\n\
1783 address @var{addr} as an argument returns a mask @var{m} that can be\n\
1784 used to extract from two vectors the relevant data that resides in\n\
1785 @var{addr} in case @var{addr} is not properly aligned.\n\
1786 \n\
1787 The autovectorizer, when vectorizing a load operation from an address\n\
1788 @var{addr} that may be unaligned, will generate two vector loads from\n\
1789 the two aligned addresses around @var{addr}. It then generates a\n\
1790 @code{REALIGN_LOAD} operation to extract the relevant data from the\n\
1791 two loaded vectors. The first two arguments to @code{REALIGN_LOAD},\n\
1792 @var{v1} and @var{v2}, are the two vectors, each of size @var{VS}, and\n\
1793 the third argument, @var{OFF}, defines how the data will be extracted\n\
1794 from these two vectors: if @var{OFF} is 0, then the returned vector is\n\
1795 @var{v2}; otherwise, the returned vector is composed from the last\n\
1796 @var{VS}-@var{OFF} elements of @var{v1} concatenated to the first\n\
1797 @var{OFF} elements of @var{v2}.\n\
1798 \n\
1799 If this hook is defined, the autovectorizer will generate a call\n\
1800 to @var{f} (using the DECL tree that this hook returns) and will\n\
1801 use the return value of @var{f} as the argument @var{OFF} to\n\
1802 @code{REALIGN_LOAD}. Therefore, the mask @var{m} returned by @var{f}\n\
1803 should comply with the semantics expected by @code{REALIGN_LOAD}\n\
1804 described above.\n\
1805 If this hook is not defined, then @var{addr} will be used as\n\
1806 the argument @var{OFF} to @code{REALIGN_LOAD}, in which case the low\n\
1807 log2(@var{VS}) @minus{} 1 bits of @var{addr} will be considered.",
1808 tree, (void), NULL)
1809
1810 /* Returns a built-in function that realizes the vectorized version of
1811 a target-independent function, or NULL_TREE if not available. */
1812 DEFHOOK
1813 (builtin_vectorized_function,
1814 "This hook should return the decl of a function that implements the\n\
1815 vectorized variant of the function with the @code{combined_fn} code\n\
1816 @var{code} or @code{NULL_TREE} if such a function is not available.\n\
1817 The return type of the vectorized function shall be of vector type\n\
1818 @var{vec_type_out} and the argument types should be @var{vec_type_in}.",
1819 tree, (unsigned code, tree vec_type_out, tree vec_type_in),
1820 default_builtin_vectorized_function)
1821
1822 /* Returns a built-in function that realizes the vectorized version of
1823 a target-specific function, or NULL_TREE if not available. */
1824 DEFHOOK
1825 (builtin_md_vectorized_function,
1826 "This hook should return the decl of a function that implements the\n\
1827 vectorized variant of target built-in function @code{fndecl}. The\n\
1828 return type of the vectorized function shall be of vector type\n\
1829 @var{vec_type_out} and the argument types should be @var{vec_type_in}.",
1830 tree, (tree fndecl, tree vec_type_out, tree vec_type_in),
1831 default_builtin_md_vectorized_function)
1832
1833 /* Cost of different vector/scalar statements in vectorization cost
1834 model. In case of misaligned vector loads and stores the cost depends
1835 on the data type and misalignment value. */
1836 DEFHOOK
1837 (builtin_vectorization_cost,
1838 "Returns cost of different scalar or vector statements for vectorization cost model.\n\
1839 For vector memory operations the cost may depend on type (@var{vectype}) and\n\
1840 misalignment value (@var{misalign}).",
1841 int, (enum vect_cost_for_stmt type_of_cost, tree vectype, int misalign),
1842 default_builtin_vectorization_cost)
1843
1844 DEFHOOK
1845 (preferred_vector_alignment,
1846 "This hook returns the preferred alignment in bits for accesses to\n\
1847 vectors of type @var{type} in vectorized code. This might be less than\n\
1848 or greater than the ABI-defined value returned by\n\
1849 @code{TARGET_VECTOR_ALIGNMENT}. It can be equal to the alignment of\n\
1850 a single element, in which case the vectorizer will not try to optimize\n\
1851 for alignment.\n\
1852 \n\
1853 The default hook returns @code{TYPE_ALIGN (@var{type})}, which is\n\
1854 correct for most targets.",
1855 poly_uint64, (const_tree type),
1856 default_preferred_vector_alignment)
1857
1858 /* Return true if vector alignment is reachable (by peeling N
1859 iterations) for the given scalar type. */
1860 DEFHOOK
1861 (vector_alignment_reachable,
1862 "Return true if vector alignment is reachable (by peeling N iterations)\n\
1863 for the given scalar type @var{type}. @var{is_packed} is false if the scalar\n\
1864 access using @var{type} is known to be naturally aligned.",
1865 bool, (const_tree type, bool is_packed),
1866 default_builtin_vector_alignment_reachable)
1867
1868 DEFHOOK
1869 (vec_perm_const,
1870 "This hook is used to test whether the target can permute up to two\n\
1871 vectors of mode @var{mode} using the permutation vector @code{sel}, and\n\
1872 also to emit such a permutation. In the former case @var{in0}, @var{in1}\n\
1873 and @var{out} are all null. In the latter case @var{in0} and @var{in1} are\n\
1874 the source vectors and @var{out} is the destination vector; all three are\n\
1875 operands of mode @var{mode}. @var{in1} is the same as @var{in0} if\n\
1876 @var{sel} describes a permutation on one vector instead of two.\n\
1877 \n\
1878 Return true if the operation is possible, emitting instructions for it\n\
1879 if rtxes are provided.\n\
1880 \n\
1881 @cindex @code{vec_perm@var{m}} instruction pattern\n\
1882 If the hook returns false for a mode with multibyte elements, GCC will\n\
1883 try the equivalent byte operation. If that also fails, it will try forcing\n\
1884 the selector into a register and using the @var{vec_perm@var{mode}}\n\
1885 instruction pattern. There is no need for the hook to handle these two\n\
1886 implementation approaches itself.",
1887 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx output, rtx in0, rtx in1,
1888 const vec_perm_indices &sel),
1889 NULL)
1890
1891 /* Return true if the target supports misaligned store/load of a
1892 specific factor denoted in the third parameter. The last parameter
1893 is true if the access is defined in a packed struct. */
1894 DEFHOOK
1895 (support_vector_misalignment,
1896 "This hook should return true if the target supports misaligned vector\n\
1897 store/load of a specific factor denoted in the @var{misalignment}\n\
1898 parameter. The vector store/load should be of machine mode @var{mode} and\n\
1899 the elements in the vectors should be of type @var{type}. @var{is_packed}\n\
1900 parameter is true if the memory access is defined in a packed struct.",
1901 bool,
1902 (machine_mode mode, const_tree type, int misalignment, bool is_packed),
1903 default_builtin_support_vector_misalignment)
1904
1905 /* Returns the preferred mode for SIMD operations for the specified
1906 scalar mode. */
1907 DEFHOOK
1908 (preferred_simd_mode,
1909 "This hook should return the preferred mode for vectorizing scalar\n\
1910 mode @var{mode}. The default is\n\
1911 equal to @code{word_mode}, because the vectorizer can do some\n\
1912 transformations even in absence of specialized @acronym{SIMD} hardware.",
1913 machine_mode,
1914 (scalar_mode mode),
1915 default_preferred_simd_mode)
1916
1917 /* Returns the preferred mode for splitting SIMD reductions to. */
1918 DEFHOOK
1919 (split_reduction,
1920 "This hook should return the preferred mode to split the final reduction\n\
1921 step on @var{mode} to. The reduction is then carried out reducing upper\n\
1922 against lower halves of vectors recursively until the specified mode is\n\
1923 reached. The default is @var{mode} which means no splitting.",
1924 machine_mode,
1925 (machine_mode),
1926 default_split_reduction)
1927
1928 /* Returns a mask of vector sizes to iterate over when auto-vectorizing
1929 after processing the preferred one derived from preferred_simd_mode. */
1930 DEFHOOK
1931 (autovectorize_vector_modes,
1932 "If using the mode returned by @code{TARGET_VECTORIZE_PREFERRED_SIMD_MODE}\n\
1933 is not the only approach worth considering, this hook should add one mode to\n\
1934 @var{modes} for each useful alternative approach. These modes are then\n\
1935 passed to @code{TARGET_VECTORIZE_RELATED_MODE} to obtain the vector mode\n\
1936 for a given element mode.\n\
1937 \n\
1938 The modes returned in @var{modes} should use the smallest element mode\n\
1939 possible for the vectorization approach that they represent, preferring\n\
1940 integer modes over floating-poing modes in the event of a tie. The first\n\
1941 mode should be the @code{TARGET_VECTORIZE_PREFERRED_SIMD_MODE} for its\n\
1942 element mode.\n\
1943 \n\
1944 If @var{all} is true, add suitable vector modes even when they are generally\n\
1945 not expected to be worthwhile.\n\
1946 \n\
1947 The hook returns a bitmask of flags that control how the modes in\n\
1948 @var{modes} are used. The flags are:\n\
1949 @table @code\n\
1950 @item VECT_COMPARE_COSTS\n\
1951 Tells the loop vectorizer to try all the provided modes and pick the one\n\
1952 with the lowest cost. By default the vectorizer will choose the first\n\
1953 mode that works.\n\
1954 @end table\n\
1955 \n\
1956 The hook does not need to do anything if the vector returned by\n\
1957 @code{TARGET_VECTORIZE_PREFERRED_SIMD_MODE} is the only one relevant\n\
1958 for autovectorization. The default implementation adds no modes and\n\
1959 returns 0.",
1960 unsigned int,
1961 (vector_modes *modes, bool all),
1962 default_autovectorize_vector_modes)
1963
1964 DEFHOOK
1965 (related_mode,
1966 "If a piece of code is using vector mode @var{vector_mode} and also wants\n\
1967 to operate on elements of mode @var{element_mode}, return the vector mode\n\
1968 it should use for those elements. If @var{nunits} is nonzero, ensure that\n\
1969 the mode has exactly @var{nunits} elements, otherwise pick whichever vector\n\
1970 size pairs the most naturally with @var{vector_mode}. Return an empty\n\
1971 @code{opt_machine_mode} if there is no supported vector mode with the\n\
1972 required properties.\n\
1973 \n\
1974 There is no prescribed way of handling the case in which @var{nunits}\n\
1975 is zero. One common choice is to pick a vector mode with the same size\n\
1976 as @var{vector_mode}; this is the natural choice if the target has a\n\
1977 fixed vector size. Another option is to choose a vector mode with the\n\
1978 same number of elements as @var{vector_mode}; this is the natural choice\n\
1979 if the target has a fixed number of elements. Alternatively, the hook\n\
1980 might choose a middle ground, such as trying to keep the number of\n\
1981 elements as similar as possible while applying maximum and minimum\n\
1982 vector sizes.\n\
1983 \n\
1984 The default implementation uses @code{mode_for_vector} to find the\n\
1985 requested mode, returning a mode with the same size as @var{vector_mode}\n\
1986 when @var{nunits} is zero. This is the correct behavior for most targets.",
1987 opt_machine_mode,
1988 (machine_mode vector_mode, scalar_mode element_mode, poly_uint64 nunits),
1989 default_vectorize_related_mode)
1990
1991 /* Function to get a target mode for a vector mask. */
1992 DEFHOOK
1993 (get_mask_mode,
1994 "Return the mode to use for a vector mask that holds one boolean\n\
1995 result for each element of vector mode @var{mode}. The returned mask mode\n\
1996 can be a vector of integers (class @code{MODE_VECTOR_INT}), a vector of\n\
1997 booleans (class @code{MODE_VECTOR_BOOL}) or a scalar integer (class\n\
1998 @code{MODE_INT}). Return an empty @code{opt_machine_mode} if no such\n\
1999 mask mode exists.\n\
2000 \n\
2001 The default implementation returns a @code{MODE_VECTOR_INT} with the\n\
2002 same size and number of elements as @var{mode}, if such a mode exists.",
2003 opt_machine_mode,
2004 (machine_mode mode),
2005 default_get_mask_mode)
2006
2007 /* Function to say whether a masked operation is expensive when the
2008 mask is all zeros. */
2009 DEFHOOK
2010 (empty_mask_is_expensive,
2011 "This hook returns true if masked internal function @var{ifn} (really of\n\
2012 type @code{internal_fn}) should be considered expensive when the mask is\n\
2013 all zeros. GCC can then try to branch around the instruction instead.",
2014 bool,
2015 (unsigned ifn),
2016 default_empty_mask_is_expensive)
2017
2018 /* Target builtin that implements vector gather operation. */
2019 DEFHOOK
2020 (builtin_gather,
2021 "Target builtin that implements vector gather operation. @var{mem_vectype}\n\
2022 is the vector type of the load and @var{index_type} is scalar type of\n\
2023 the index, scaled by @var{scale}.\n\
2024 The default is @code{NULL_TREE} which means to not vectorize gather\n\
2025 loads.",
2026 tree,
2027 (const_tree mem_vectype, const_tree index_type, int scale),
2028 NULL)
2029
2030 /* Target builtin that implements vector scatter operation. */
2031 DEFHOOK
2032 (builtin_scatter,
2033 "Target builtin that implements vector scatter operation. @var{vectype}\n\
2034 is the vector type of the store and @var{index_type} is scalar type of\n\
2035 the index, scaled by @var{scale}.\n\
2036 The default is @code{NULL_TREE} which means to not vectorize scatter\n\
2037 stores.",
2038 tree,
2039 (const_tree vectype, const_tree index_type, int scale),
2040 NULL)
2041
2042 /* Target function to initialize the cost model for a loop or block. */
2043 DEFHOOK
2044 (init_cost,
2045 "This hook should initialize target-specific data structures in preparation\n\
2046 for modeling the costs of vectorizing a loop or basic block. The default\n\
2047 allocates three unsigned integers for accumulating costs for the prologue,\n\
2048 body, and epilogue of the loop or basic block. If @var{loop_info} is\n\
2049 non-NULL, it identifies the loop being vectorized; otherwise a single block\n\
2050 is being vectorized. If @var{costing_for_scalar} is true, it indicates the\n\
2051 current cost model is for the scalar version of a loop or block; otherwise\n\
2052 it is for the vector version.",
2053 void *,
2054 (class loop *loop_info, bool costing_for_scalar),
2055 default_init_cost)
2056
2057 /* Target function to record N statements of the given kind using the
2058 given vector type within the cost model data for the current loop or
2059 block. */
2060 DEFHOOK
2061 (add_stmt_cost,
2062 "This hook should update the target-specific @var{data} in response to\n\
2063 adding @var{count} copies of the given @var{kind} of statement to a\n\
2064 loop or basic block. The default adds the builtin vectorizer cost for\n\
2065 the copies of the statement to the accumulator specified by @var{where},\n\
2066 (the prologue, body, or epilogue) and returns the amount added. The\n\
2067 return value should be viewed as a tentative cost that may later be\n\
2068 revised.",
2069 unsigned,
2070 (class vec_info *, void *data, int count, enum vect_cost_for_stmt kind,
2071 class _stmt_vec_info *stmt_info, tree vectype, int misalign,
2072 enum vect_cost_model_location where),
2073 default_add_stmt_cost)
2074
2075 /* Target function to calculate the total cost of the current vectorized
2076 loop or block. */
2077 DEFHOOK
2078 (finish_cost,
2079 "This hook should complete calculations of the cost of vectorizing a loop\n\
2080 or basic block based on @var{data}, and return the prologue, body, and\n\
2081 epilogue costs as unsigned integers. The default returns the value of\n\
2082 the three accumulators.",
2083 void,
2084 (void *data, unsigned *prologue_cost, unsigned *body_cost,
2085 unsigned *epilogue_cost),
2086 default_finish_cost)
2087
2088 /* Function to delete target-specific cost modeling data. */
2089 DEFHOOK
2090 (destroy_cost_data,
2091 "This hook should release @var{data} and any related data structures\n\
2092 allocated by TARGET_VECTORIZE_INIT_COST. The default releases the\n\
2093 accumulator.",
2094 void,
2095 (void *data),
2096 default_destroy_cost_data)
2097
2098 HOOK_VECTOR_END (vectorize)
2099
2100 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
2101 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
2102
2103 DEFHOOK
2104 (preferred_else_value,
2105 "This hook returns the target's preferred final argument for a call\n\
2106 to conditional internal function @var{ifn} (really of type\n\
2107 @code{internal_fn}). @var{type} specifies the return type of the\n\
2108 function and @var{ops} are the operands to the conditional operation,\n\
2109 of which there are @var{nops}.\n\
2110 \n\
2111 For example, if @var{ifn} is @code{IFN_COND_ADD}, the hook returns\n\
2112 a value of type @var{type} that should be used when @samp{@var{ops}[0]}\n\
2113 and @samp{@var{ops}[1]} are conditionally added together.\n\
2114 \n\
2115 This hook is only relevant if the target supports conditional patterns\n\
2116 like @code{cond_add@var{m}}. The default implementation returns a zero\n\
2117 constant of type @var{type}.",
2118 tree,
2119 (unsigned ifn, tree type, unsigned nops, tree *ops),
2120 default_preferred_else_value)
2121
2122 DEFHOOK
2123 (record_offload_symbol,
2124 "Used when offloaded functions are seen in the compilation unit and no named\n\
2125 sections are available. It is called once for each symbol that must be\n\
2126 recorded in the offload function and variable table.",
2127 void, (tree),
2128 hook_void_tree)
2129
2130 DEFHOOKPOD
2131 (absolute_biggest_alignment,
2132 "If defined, this target hook specifies the absolute biggest alignment\n\
2133 that a type or variable can have on this machine, otherwise,\n\
2134 @code{BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT} is used.",
2135 HOST_WIDE_INT, BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT)
2136
2137 /* Allow target specific overriding of option settings after options have
2138 been changed by an attribute or pragma or when it is reset at the
2139 end of the code affected by an attribute or pragma. */
2140 DEFHOOK
2141 (override_options_after_change,
2142 "This target function is similar to the hook @code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE}\n\
2143 but is called when the optimize level is changed via an attribute or\n\
2144 pragma or when it is reset at the end of the code affected by the\n\
2145 attribute or pragma. It is not called at the beginning of compilation\n\
2146 when @code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE} is called so if you want to perform these\n\
2147 actions then, you should have @code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE} call\n\
2148 @code{TARGET_OVERRIDE_OPTIONS_AFTER_CHANGE}.",
2149 void, (void),
2150 hook_void_void)
2151
2152 DEFHOOK
2153 (offload_options,
2154 "Used when writing out the list of options into an LTO file. It should\n\
2155 translate any relevant target-specific options (such as the ABI in use)\n\
2156 into one of the @option{-foffload} options that exist as a common interface\n\
2157 to express such options. It should return a string containing these options,\n\
2158 separated by spaces, which the caller will free.\n",
2159 char *, (void), hook_charptr_void_null)
2160
2161 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
2162 (eh_return_filter_mode,
2163 "Return machine mode for filter value.",
2164 scalar_int_mode, (void),
2165 default_eh_return_filter_mode)
2166
2167 /* Return machine mode for libgcc expanded cmp instructions. */
2168 DEFHOOK
2169 (libgcc_cmp_return_mode,
2170 "This target hook should return the mode to be used for the return value\n\
2171 of compare instructions expanded to libgcc calls. If not defined\n\
2172 @code{word_mode} is returned which is the right choice for a majority of\n\
2173 targets.",
2174 scalar_int_mode, (void),
2175 default_libgcc_cmp_return_mode)
2176
2177 /* Return machine mode for libgcc expanded shift instructions. */
2178 DEFHOOK
2179 (libgcc_shift_count_mode,
2180 "This target hook should return the mode to be used for the shift count operand\n\
2181 of shift instructions expanded to libgcc calls. If not defined\n\
2182 @code{word_mode} is returned which is the right choice for a majority of\n\
2183 targets.",
2184 scalar_int_mode, (void),
2185 default_libgcc_shift_count_mode)
2186
2187 /* Return machine mode to be used for _Unwind_Word type. */
2188 DEFHOOK
2189 (unwind_word_mode,
2190 "Return machine mode to be used for @code{_Unwind_Word} type.\n\
2191 The default is to use @code{word_mode}.",
2192 scalar_int_mode, (void),
2193 default_unwind_word_mode)
2194
2195 /* Given two decls, merge their attributes and return the result. */
2196 DEFHOOK
2197 (merge_decl_attributes,
2198 "Define this target hook if the merging of decl attributes needs special\n\
2199 handling. If defined, the result is a list of the combined\n\
2200 @code{DECL_ATTRIBUTES} of @var{olddecl} and @var{newdecl}.\n\
2201 @var{newdecl} is a duplicate declaration of @var{olddecl}. Examples of\n\
2202 when this is needed are when one attribute overrides another, or when an\n\
2203 attribute is nullified by a subsequent definition. This function may\n\
2204 call @code{merge_attributes} to handle machine-independent merging.\n\
2205 \n\
2206 @findex TARGET_DLLIMPORT_DECL_ATTRIBUTES\n\
2207 If the only target-specific handling you require is @samp{dllimport}\n\
2208 for Microsoft Windows targets, you should define the macro\n\
2209 @code{TARGET_DLLIMPORT_DECL_ATTRIBUTES} to @code{1}. The compiler\n\
2210 will then define a function called\n\
2211 @code{merge_dllimport_decl_attributes} which can then be defined as\n\
2212 the expansion of @code{TARGET_MERGE_DECL_ATTRIBUTES}. You can also\n\
2213 add @code{handle_dll_attribute} in the attribute table for your port\n\
2214 to perform initial processing of the @samp{dllimport} and\n\
2215 @samp{dllexport} attributes. This is done in @file{i386/cygwin.h} and\n\
2216 @file{i386/i386.c}, for example.",
2217 tree, (tree olddecl, tree newdecl),
2218 merge_decl_attributes)
2219
2220 /* Given two types, merge their attributes and return the result. */
2221 DEFHOOK
2222 (merge_type_attributes,
2223 "Define this target hook if the merging of type attributes needs special\n\
2224 handling. If defined, the result is a list of the combined\n\
2225 @code{TYPE_ATTRIBUTES} of @var{type1} and @var{type2}. It is assumed\n\
2226 that @code{comptypes} has already been called and returned 1. This\n\
2227 function may call @code{merge_attributes} to handle machine-independent\n\
2228 merging.",
2229 tree, (tree type1, tree type2),
2230 merge_type_attributes)
2231
2232 /* Table of machine attributes and functions to handle them.
2233 Ignored if NULL. */
2234 DEFHOOKPOD
2235 (attribute_table,
2236 "If defined, this target hook points to an array of @samp{struct\n\
2237 attribute_spec} (defined in @file{tree-core.h}) specifying the machine\n\
2238 specific attributes for this target and some of the restrictions on the\n\
2239 entities to which these attributes are applied and the arguments they\n\
2240 take.",
2241 const struct attribute_spec *, NULL)
2242
2243 /* Return true iff attribute NAME expects a plain identifier as its first
2244 argument. */
2245 DEFHOOK
2246 (attribute_takes_identifier_p,
2247 "If defined, this target hook is a function which returns true if the\n\
2248 machine-specific attribute named @var{name} expects an identifier\n\
2249 given as its first argument to be passed on as a plain identifier, not\n\
2250 subjected to name lookup. If this is not defined, the default is\n\
2251 false for all machine-specific attributes.",
2252 bool, (const_tree name),
2253 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
2254
2255 /* Return zero if the attributes on TYPE1 and TYPE2 are incompatible,
2256 one if they are compatible and two if they are nearly compatible
2257 (which causes a warning to be generated). */
2258 DEFHOOK
2259 (comp_type_attributes,
2260 "If defined, this target hook is a function which returns zero if the attributes on\n\
2261 @var{type1} and @var{type2} are incompatible, one if they are compatible,\n\
2262 and two if they are nearly compatible (which causes a warning to be\n\
2263 generated). If this is not defined, machine-specific attributes are\n\
2264 supposed always to be compatible.",
2265 int, (const_tree type1, const_tree type2),
2266 hook_int_const_tree_const_tree_1)
2267
2268 /* Assign default attributes to the newly defined TYPE. */
2269 DEFHOOK
2270 (set_default_type_attributes,
2271 "If defined, this target hook is a function which assigns default attributes to\n\
2272 the newly defined @var{type}.",
2273 void, (tree type),
2274 hook_void_tree)
2275
2276 /* Insert attributes on the newly created DECL. */
2277 DEFHOOK
2278 (insert_attributes,
2279 "Define this target hook if you want to be able to add attributes to a decl\n\
2280 when it is being created. This is normally useful for back ends which\n\
2281 wish to implement a pragma by using the attributes which correspond to\n\
2282 the pragma's effect. The @var{node} argument is the decl which is being\n\
2283 created. The @var{attr_ptr} argument is a pointer to the attribute list\n\
2284 for this decl. The list itself should not be modified, since it may be\n\
2285 shared with other decls, but attributes may be chained on the head of\n\
2286 the list and @code{*@var{attr_ptr}} modified to point to the new\n\
2287 attributes, or a copy of the list may be made if further changes are\n\
2288 needed.",
2289 void, (tree node, tree *attr_ptr),
2290 hook_void_tree_treeptr)
2291
2292 /* Perform additional target-specific processing of generic attributes. */
2293 DEFHOOK
2294 (handle_generic_attribute,
2295 "Define this target hook if you want to be able to perform additional\n\
2296 target-specific processing of an attribute which is handled generically\n\
2297 by a front end. The arguments are the same as those which are passed to\n\
2298 attribute handlers. So far this only affects the @var{noinit} and\n\
2299 @var{section} attribute.",
2300 tree, (tree *node, tree name, tree args, int flags, bool *no_add_attrs),
2301 hook_tree_treeptr_tree_tree_int_boolptr_null)
2302
2303 /* Return true if FNDECL (which has at least one machine attribute)
2304 can be inlined despite its machine attributes, false otherwise. */
2305 DEFHOOK
2306 (function_attribute_inlinable_p,
2307 "@cindex inlining\n\
2308 This target hook returns @code{true} if it is OK to inline @var{fndecl}\n\
2309 into the current function, despite its having target-specific\n\
2310 attributes, @code{false} otherwise. By default, if a function has a\n\
2311 target specific attribute attached to it, it will not be inlined.",
2312 bool, (const_tree fndecl),
2313 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
2314
2315 /* Return true if bitfields in RECORD_TYPE should follow the
2316 Microsoft Visual C++ bitfield layout rules. */
2317 DEFHOOK
2318 (ms_bitfield_layout_p,
2319 "This target hook returns @code{true} if bit-fields in the given\n\
2320 @var{record_type} are to be laid out following the rules of Microsoft\n\
2321 Visual C/C++, namely: (i) a bit-field won't share the same storage\n\
2322 unit with the previous bit-field if their underlying types have\n\
2323 different sizes, and the bit-field will be aligned to the highest\n\
2324 alignment of the underlying types of itself and of the previous\n\
2325 bit-field; (ii) a zero-sized bit-field will affect the alignment of\n\
2326 the whole enclosing structure, even if it is unnamed; except that\n\
2327 (iii) a zero-sized bit-field will be disregarded unless it follows\n\
2328 another bit-field of nonzero size. If this hook returns @code{true},\n\
2329 other macros that control bit-field layout are ignored.\n\
2330 \n\
2331 When a bit-field is inserted into a packed record, the whole size\n\
2332 of the underlying type is used by one or more same-size adjacent\n\
2333 bit-fields (that is, if its long:3, 32 bits is used in the record,\n\
2334 and any additional adjacent long bit-fields are packed into the same\n\
2335 chunk of 32 bits. However, if the size changes, a new field of that\n\
2336 size is allocated). In an unpacked record, this is the same as using\n\
2337 alignment, but not equivalent when packing.\n\
2338 \n\
2339 If both MS bit-fields and @samp{__attribute__((packed))} are used,\n\
2340 the latter will take precedence. If @samp{__attribute__((packed))} is\n\
2341 used on a single field when MS bit-fields are in use, it will take\n\
2342 precedence for that field, but the alignment of the rest of the structure\n\
2343 may affect its placement.",
2344 bool, (const_tree record_type),
2345 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
2346
2347 /* For now this is only an interface to WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN for
2348 target-independent code like the front ends, need performance testing
2349 before switching completely to the target hook. */
2350 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
2351 (words_big_endian,
2352 "",
2353 bool, (void),
2354 targhook_words_big_endian)
2355
2356 /* Likewise for FLOAT_WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN. */
2357 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
2358 (float_words_big_endian,
2359 "",
2360 bool, (void),
2361 targhook_float_words_big_endian)
2362
2363 DEFHOOK
2364 (float_exceptions_rounding_supported_p,
2365 "Returns true if the target supports IEEE 754 floating-point exceptions\n\
2366 and rounding modes, false otherwise. This is intended to relate to the\n\
2367 @code{float} and @code{double} types, but not necessarily @code{long double}.\n\
2368 By default, returns true if the @code{adddf3} instruction pattern is\n\
2369 available and false otherwise, on the assumption that hardware floating\n\
2370 point supports exceptions and rounding modes but software floating point\n\
2371 does not.",
2372 bool, (void),
2373 default_float_exceptions_rounding_supported_p)
2374
2375 /* True if the target supports decimal floating point. */
2376 DEFHOOK
2377 (decimal_float_supported_p,
2378 "Returns true if the target supports decimal floating point.",
2379 bool, (void),
2380 default_decimal_float_supported_p)
2381
2382 /* True if the target supports fixed-point. */
2383 DEFHOOK
2384 (fixed_point_supported_p,
2385 "Returns true if the target supports fixed-point arithmetic.",
2386 bool, (void),
2387 default_fixed_point_supported_p)
2388
2389 /* Return true if anonymous bitfields affect structure alignment. */
2390 DEFHOOK
2391 (align_anon_bitfield,
2392 "When @code{PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS} is true this hook will determine\n\
2393 whether unnamed bitfields affect the alignment of the containing\n\
2394 structure. The hook should return true if the structure should inherit\n\
2395 the alignment requirements of an unnamed bitfield's type.",
2396 bool, (void),
2397 hook_bool_void_false)
2398
2399 /* Return true if volatile bitfields should use the narrowest type possible.
2400 Return false if they should use the container type. */
2401 DEFHOOK
2402 (narrow_volatile_bitfield,
2403 "This target hook should return @code{true} if accesses to volatile bitfields\n\
2404 should use the narrowest mode possible. It should return @code{false} if\n\
2405 these accesses should use the bitfield container type.\n\
2406 \n\
2407 The default is @code{false}.",
2408 bool, (void),
2409 hook_bool_void_false)
2410
2411 /* Set up target-specific built-in functions. */
2412 DEFHOOK
2413 (init_builtins,
2414 "Define this hook if you have any machine-specific built-in functions\n\
2415 that need to be defined. It should be a function that performs the\n\
2416 necessary setup.\n\
2417 \n\
2418 Machine specific built-in functions can be useful to expand special machine\n\
2419 instructions that would otherwise not normally be generated because\n\
2420 they have no equivalent in the source language (for example, SIMD vector\n\
2421 instructions or prefetch instructions).\n\
2422 \n\
2423 To create a built-in function, call the function\n\
2424 @code{lang_hooks.builtin_function}\n\
2425 which is defined by the language front end. You can use any type nodes set\n\
2426 up by @code{build_common_tree_nodes};\n\
2427 only language front ends that use those two functions will call\n\
2428 @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}.",
2429 void, (void),
2430 hook_void_void)
2431
2432 /* Initialize (if INITIALIZE_P is true) and return the target-specific
2433 built-in function decl for CODE.
2434 Return NULL if that is not possible. Return error_mark_node if CODE
2435 is outside of the range of valid target builtin function codes. */
2436 DEFHOOK
2437 (builtin_decl,
2438 "Define this hook if you have any machine-specific built-in functions\n\
2439 that need to be defined. It should be a function that returns the\n\
2440 builtin function declaration for the builtin function code @var{code}.\n\
2441 If there is no such builtin and it cannot be initialized at this time\n\
2442 if @var{initialize_p} is true the function should return @code{NULL_TREE}.\n\
2443 If @var{code} is out of range the function should return\n\
2444 @code{error_mark_node}.",
2445 tree, (unsigned code, bool initialize_p), NULL)
2446
2447 /* Expand a target-specific builtin. */
2448 DEFHOOK
2449 (expand_builtin,
2450 "\n\
2451 Expand a call to a machine specific built-in function that was set up by\n\
2452 @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}. @var{exp} is the expression for the\n\
2453 function call; the result should go to @var{target} if that is\n\
2454 convenient, and have mode @var{mode} if that is convenient.\n\
2455 @var{subtarget} may be used as the target for computing one of\n\
2456 @var{exp}'s operands. @var{ignore} is nonzero if the value is to be\n\
2457 ignored. This function should return the result of the call to the\n\
2458 built-in function.",
2459 rtx,
2460 (tree exp, rtx target, rtx subtarget, machine_mode mode, int ignore),
2461 default_expand_builtin)
2462
2463 /* Select a replacement for a target-specific builtin. This is done
2464 *before* regular type checking, and so allows the target to
2465 implement a crude form of function overloading. The result is a
2466 complete expression that implements the operation. PARAMS really
2467 has type VEC(tree,gc)*, but we don't want to include tree.h here. */
2468 DEFHOOK
2469 (resolve_overloaded_builtin,
2470 "Select a replacement for a machine specific built-in function that\n\
2471 was set up by @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}. This is done\n\
2472 @emph{before} regular type checking, and so allows the target to\n\
2473 implement a crude form of function overloading. @var{fndecl} is the\n\
2474 declaration of the built-in function. @var{arglist} is the list of\n\
2475 arguments passed to the built-in function. The result is a\n\
2476 complete expression that implements the operation, usually\n\
2477 another @code{CALL_EXPR}.\n\
2478 @var{arglist} really has type @samp{VEC(tree,gc)*}",
2479 tree, (unsigned int /*location_t*/ loc, tree fndecl, void *arglist), NULL)
2480
2481 DEFHOOK
2482 (check_builtin_call,
2483 "Perform semantic checking on a call to a machine-specific built-in\n\
2484 function after its arguments have been constrained to the function\n\
2485 signature. Return true if the call is valid, otherwise report an error\n\
2486 and return false.\n\
2487 \n\
2488 This hook is called after @code{TARGET_RESOLVE_OVERLOADED_BUILTIN}.\n\
2489 The call was originally to built-in function @var{orig_fndecl},\n\
2490 but after the optional @code{TARGET_RESOLVE_OVERLOADED_BUILTIN}\n\
2491 step is now to built-in function @var{fndecl}. @var{loc} is the\n\
2492 location of the call and @var{args} is an array of function arguments,\n\
2493 of which there are @var{nargs}. @var{arg_loc} specifies the location\n\
2494 of each argument.",
2495 bool, (location_t loc, vec<location_t> arg_loc, tree fndecl,
2496 tree orig_fndecl, unsigned int nargs, tree *args),
2497 NULL)
2498
2499 /* Fold a target-specific builtin to a tree valid for both GIMPLE
2500 and GENERIC. */
2501 DEFHOOK
2502 (fold_builtin,
2503 "Fold a call to a machine specific built-in function that was set up by\n\
2504 @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}. @var{fndecl} is the declaration of the\n\
2505 built-in function. @var{n_args} is the number of arguments passed to\n\
2506 the function; the arguments themselves are pointed to by @var{argp}.\n\
2507 The result is another tree, valid for both GIMPLE and GENERIC,\n\
2508 containing a simplified expression for the call's result. If\n\
2509 @var{ignore} is true the value will be ignored.",
2510 tree, (tree fndecl, int n_args, tree *argp, bool ignore),
2511 hook_tree_tree_int_treep_bool_null)
2512
2513 /* Fold a target-specific builtin to a valid GIMPLE tree. */
2514 DEFHOOK
2515 (gimple_fold_builtin,
2516 "Fold a call to a machine specific built-in function that was set up\n\
2517 by @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}. @var{gsi} points to the gimple\n\
2518 statement holding the function call. Returns true if any change\n\
2519 was made to the GIMPLE stream.",
2520 bool, (gimple_stmt_iterator *gsi),
2521 hook_bool_gsiptr_false)
2522
2523 /* Target hook is used to compare the target attributes in two functions to
2524 determine which function's features get higher priority. This is used
2525 during function multi-versioning to figure out the order in which two
2526 versions must be dispatched. A function version with a higher priority
2527 is checked for dispatching earlier. DECL1 and DECL2 are
2528 the two function decls that will be compared. It returns positive value
2529 if DECL1 is higher priority, negative value if DECL2 is higher priority
2530 and 0 if they are the same. */
2531 DEFHOOK
2532 (compare_version_priority,
2533 "This hook is used to compare the target attributes in two functions to\n\
2534 determine which function's features get higher priority. This is used\n\
2535 during function multi-versioning to figure out the order in which two\n\
2536 versions must be dispatched. A function version with a higher priority\n\
2537 is checked for dispatching earlier. @var{decl1} and @var{decl2} are\n\
2538 the two function decls that will be compared.",
2539 int, (tree decl1, tree decl2), NULL)
2540
2541 /* Target hook is used to generate the dispatcher logic to invoke the right
2542 function version at run-time for a given set of function versions.
2543 ARG points to the callgraph node of the dispatcher function whose body
2544 must be generated. */
2545 DEFHOOK
2546 (generate_version_dispatcher_body,
2547 "This hook is used to generate the dispatcher logic to invoke the right\n\
2548 function version at run-time for a given set of function versions.\n\
2549 @var{arg} points to the callgraph node of the dispatcher function whose\n\
2550 body must be generated.",
2551 tree, (void *arg), NULL)
2552
2553 /* Target hook is used to get the dispatcher function for a set of function
2554 versions. The dispatcher function is called to invoke the right function
2555 version at run-time. DECL is one version from a set of semantically
2556 identical versions. */
2557 DEFHOOK
2558 (get_function_versions_dispatcher,
2559 "This hook is used to get the dispatcher function for a set of function\n\
2560 versions. The dispatcher function is called to invoke the right function\n\
2561 version at run-time. @var{decl} is one version from a set of semantically\n\
2562 identical versions.",
2563 tree, (void *decl), NULL)
2564
2565 /* Returns a code for a target-specific builtin that implements
2566 reciprocal of a target-specific function, or NULL_TREE if not available. */
2567 DEFHOOK
2568 (builtin_reciprocal,
2569 "This hook should return the DECL of a function that implements the\n\
2570 reciprocal of the machine-specific builtin function @var{fndecl}, or\n\
2571 @code{NULL_TREE} if such a function is not available.",
2572 tree, (tree fndecl),
2573 default_builtin_reciprocal)
2574
2575 /* For a vendor-specific TYPE, return a pointer to a statically-allocated
2576 string containing the C++ mangling for TYPE. In all other cases, return
2577 NULL. */
2578 DEFHOOK
2579 (mangle_type,
2580 "If your target defines any fundamental types, or any types your target\n\
2581 uses should be mangled differently from the default, define this hook\n\
2582 to return the appropriate encoding for these types as part of a C++\n\
2583 mangled name. The @var{type} argument is the tree structure representing\n\
2584 the type to be mangled. The hook may be applied to trees which are\n\
2585 not target-specific fundamental types; it should return @code{NULL}\n\
2586 for all such types, as well as arguments it does not recognize. If the\n\
2587 return value is not @code{NULL}, it must point to a statically-allocated\n\
2588 string constant.\n\
2589 \n\
2590 Target-specific fundamental types might be new fundamental types or\n\
2591 qualified versions of ordinary fundamental types. Encode new\n\
2592 fundamental types as @samp{@w{u @var{n} @var{name}}}, where @var{name}\n\
2593 is the name used for the type in source code, and @var{n} is the\n\
2594 length of @var{name} in decimal. Encode qualified versions of\n\
2595 ordinary types as @samp{@w{U @var{n} @var{name} @var{code}}}, where\n\
2596 @var{name} is the name used for the type qualifier in source code,\n\
2597 @var{n} is the length of @var{name} as above, and @var{code} is the\n\
2598 code used to represent the unqualified version of this type. (See\n\
2599 @code{write_builtin_type} in @file{cp/mangle.c} for the list of\n\
2600 codes.) In both cases the spaces are for clarity; do not include any\n\
2601 spaces in your string.\n\
2602 \n\
2603 This hook is applied to types prior to typedef resolution. If the mangled\n\
2604 name for a particular type depends only on that type's main variant, you\n\
2605 can perform typedef resolution yourself using @code{TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT}\n\
2606 before mangling.\n\
2607 \n\
2608 The default version of this hook always returns @code{NULL}, which is\n\
2609 appropriate for a target that does not define any new fundamental\n\
2610 types.",
2611 const char *, (const_tree type),
2612 hook_constcharptr_const_tree_null)
2613
2614 /* Make any adjustments to libfunc names needed for this target. */
2615 DEFHOOK
2616 (init_libfuncs,
2617 "This hook should declare additional library routines or rename\n\
2618 existing ones, using the functions @code{set_optab_libfunc} and\n\
2619 @code{init_one_libfunc} defined in @file{optabs.c}.\n\
2620 @code{init_optabs} calls this macro after initializing all the normal\n\
2621 library routines.\n\
2622 \n\
2623 The default is to do nothing. Most ports don't need to define this hook.",
2624 void, (void),
2625 hook_void_void)
2626
2627 /* Add a __gnu_ prefix to library functions rather than just __. */
2628 DEFHOOKPOD
2629 (libfunc_gnu_prefix,
2630 "If false (the default), internal library routines start with two\n\
2631 underscores. If set to true, these routines start with @code{__gnu_}\n\
2632 instead. E.g., @code{__muldi3} changes to @code{__gnu_muldi3}. This\n\
2633 currently only affects functions defined in @file{libgcc2.c}. If this\n\
2634 is set to true, the @file{tm.h} file must also\n\
2635 @code{#define LIBGCC2_GNU_PREFIX}.",
2636 bool, false)
2637
2638 /* Given a decl, a section name, and whether the decl initializer
2639 has relocs, choose attributes for the section. */
2640 /* ??? Should be merged with SELECT_SECTION and UNIQUE_SECTION. */
2641 DEFHOOK
2642 (section_type_flags,
2643 "Choose a set of section attributes for use by @code{TARGET_ASM_NAMED_SECTION}\n\
2644 based on a variable or function decl, a section name, and whether or not the\n\
2645 declaration's initializer may contain runtime relocations. @var{decl} may be\n\
2646 null, in which case read-write data should be assumed.\n\
2647 \n\
2648 The default version of this function handles choosing code vs data,\n\
2649 read-only vs read-write data, and @code{flag_pic}. You should only\n\
2650 need to override this if your target has special flags that might be\n\
2651 set via @code{__attribute__}.",
2652 unsigned int, (tree decl, const char *name, int reloc),
2653 default_section_type_flags)
2654
2655 DEFHOOK
2656 (libc_has_function,
2657 "This hook determines whether a function from a class of functions\n\
2658 @var{fn_class} is present in the target C library. If @var{type} is NULL,\n\
2659 the caller asks for support for all standard (float, double, long double)\n\
2660 types. If @var{type} is non-NULL, the caller asks for support for a\n\
2661 specific type.",
2662 bool, (enum function_class fn_class, tree type),
2663 default_libc_has_function)
2664
2665 DEFHOOK
2666 (libc_has_fast_function,
2667 "This hook determines whether a function from a class of functions\n\
2668 @code{(enum function_class)}@var{fcode} has a fast implementation.",
2669 bool, (int fcode),
2670 default_libc_has_fast_function)
2671
2672 /* True if new jumps cannot be created, to replace existing ones or
2673 not, at the current point in the compilation. */
2674 DEFHOOK
2675 (cannot_modify_jumps_p,
2676 "This target hook returns @code{true} past the point in which new jump\n\
2677 instructions could be created. On machines that require a register for\n\
2678 every jump such as the SHmedia ISA of SH5, this point would typically be\n\
2679 reload, so this target hook should be defined to a function such as:\n\
2680 \n\
2681 @smallexample\n\
2682 static bool\n\
2683 cannot_modify_jumps_past_reload_p ()\n\
2684 @{\n\
2685 return (reload_completed || reload_in_progress);\n\
2686 @}\n\
2687 @end smallexample",
2688 bool, (void),
2689 hook_bool_void_false)
2690
2691 /* True if FOLLOWER may be modified to follow FOLLOWEE. */
2692 DEFHOOK
2693 (can_follow_jump,
2694 "FOLLOWER and FOLLOWEE are JUMP_INSN instructions;\n\
2695 return true if FOLLOWER may be modified to follow FOLLOWEE;\n\
2696 false, if it can't.\n\
2697 For example, on some targets, certain kinds of branches can't be made to\n\
2698 follow through a hot/cold partitioning.",
2699 bool, (const rtx_insn *follower, const rtx_insn *followee),
2700 hook_bool_const_rtx_insn_const_rtx_insn_true)
2701
2702 /* Return true if the target supports conditional execution. */
2703 DEFHOOK
2704 (have_conditional_execution,
2705 "This target hook returns true if the target supports conditional execution.\n\
2706 This target hook is required only when the target has several different\n\
2707 modes and they have different conditional execution capability, such as ARM.",
2708 bool, (void),
2709 default_have_conditional_execution)
2710
2711 DEFHOOK
2712 (gen_ccmp_first,
2713 "This function prepares to emit a comparison insn for the first compare in a\n\
2714 sequence of conditional comparisions. It returns an appropriate comparison\n\
2715 with @code{CC} for passing to @code{gen_ccmp_next} or @code{cbranch_optab}.\n\
2716 The insns to prepare the compare are saved in @var{prep_seq} and the compare\n\
2717 insns are saved in @var{gen_seq}. They will be emitted when all the\n\
2718 compares in the conditional comparision are generated without error.\n\
2719 @var{code} is the @code{rtx_code} of the compare for @var{op0} and @var{op1}.",
2720 rtx, (rtx_insn **prep_seq, rtx_insn **gen_seq, int code, tree op0, tree op1),
2721 NULL)
2722
2723 DEFHOOK
2724 (gen_ccmp_next,
2725 "This function prepares to emit a conditional comparison within a sequence\n\
2726 of conditional comparisons. It returns an appropriate comparison with\n\
2727 @code{CC} for passing to @code{gen_ccmp_next} or @code{cbranch_optab}.\n\
2728 The insns to prepare the compare are saved in @var{prep_seq} and the compare\n\
2729 insns are saved in @var{gen_seq}. They will be emitted when all the\n\
2730 compares in the conditional comparision are generated without error. The\n\
2731 @var{prev} expression is the result of a prior call to @code{gen_ccmp_first}\n\
2732 or @code{gen_ccmp_next}. It may return @code{NULL} if the combination of\n\
2733 @var{prev} and this comparison is not supported, otherwise the result must\n\
2734 be appropriate for passing to @code{gen_ccmp_next} or @code{cbranch_optab}.\n\
2735 @var{code} is the @code{rtx_code} of the compare for @var{op0} and @var{op1}.\n\
2736 @var{bit_code} is @code{AND} or @code{IOR}, which is the op on the compares.",
2737 rtx, (rtx_insn **prep_seq, rtx_insn **gen_seq, rtx prev, int cmp_code, tree op0, tree op1, int bit_code),
2738 NULL)
2739
2740 DEFHOOK
2741 (gen_memset_scratch_rtx,
2742 "This hook should return an rtx for a scratch register in @var{mode} to\n\
2743 be used when expanding memset calls. The backend can use a hard scratch\n\
2744 register to avoid stack realignment when expanding memset. The default\n\
2745 is @code{gen_reg_rtx}.",
2746 rtx, (machine_mode mode),
2747 gen_reg_rtx)
2748
2749 /* Return a new value for loop unroll size. */
2750 DEFHOOK
2751 (loop_unroll_adjust,
2752 "This target hook returns a new value for the number of times @var{loop}\n\
2753 should be unrolled. The parameter @var{nunroll} is the number of times\n\
2754 the loop is to be unrolled. The parameter @var{loop} is a pointer to\n\
2755 the loop, which is going to be checked for unrolling. This target hook\n\
2756 is required only when the target has special constraints like maximum\n\
2757 number of memory accesses.",
2758 unsigned, (unsigned nunroll, class loop *loop),
2759 NULL)
2760
2761 /* True if X is a legitimate MODE-mode immediate operand. */
2762 DEFHOOK
2763 (legitimate_constant_p,
2764 "This hook returns true if @var{x} is a legitimate constant for a\n\
2765 @var{mode}-mode immediate operand on the target machine. You can assume that\n\
2766 @var{x} satisfies @code{CONSTANT_P}, so you need not check this.\n\
2767 \n\
2768 The default definition returns true.",
2769 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx x),
2770 hook_bool_mode_rtx_true)
2771
2772 /* True if X is a TLS operand whose value should be pre-computed. */
2773 DEFHOOK
2774 (precompute_tls_p,
2775 "This hook returns true if @var{x} is a TLS operand on the target\n\
2776 machine that should be pre-computed when used as the argument in a call.\n\
2777 You can assume that @var{x} satisfies @code{CONSTANT_P}, so you need not \n\
2778 check this.\n\
2779 \n\
2780 The default definition returns false.",
2781 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx x),
2782 hook_bool_mode_rtx_false)
2783
2784 /* True if the constant X cannot be placed in the constant pool. */
2785 DEFHOOK
2786 (cannot_force_const_mem,
2787 "This hook should return true if @var{x} is of a form that cannot (or\n\
2788 should not) be spilled to the constant pool. @var{mode} is the mode\n\
2789 of @var{x}.\n\
2790 \n\
2791 The default version of this hook returns false.\n\
2792 \n\
2793 The primary reason to define this hook is to prevent reload from\n\
2794 deciding that a non-legitimate constant would be better reloaded\n\
2795 from the constant pool instead of spilling and reloading a register\n\
2796 holding the constant. This restriction is often true of addresses\n\
2797 of TLS symbols for various targets.",
2798 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx x),
2799 hook_bool_mode_rtx_false)
2800
2801 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
2802 (cannot_copy_insn_p,
2803 "True if the insn @var{x} cannot be duplicated.",
2804 bool, (rtx_insn *), NULL)
2805
2806 /* True if X is considered to be commutative. */
2807 DEFHOOK
2808 (commutative_p,
2809 "This target hook returns @code{true} if @var{x} is considered to be commutative.\n\
2810 Usually, this is just COMMUTATIVE_P (@var{x}), but the HP PA doesn't consider\n\
2811 PLUS to be commutative inside a MEM@. @var{outer_code} is the rtx code\n\
2812 of the enclosing rtl, if known, otherwise it is UNKNOWN.",
2813 bool, (const_rtx x, int outer_code),
2814 hook_bool_const_rtx_commutative_p)
2815
2816 /* True if ADDR is an address-expression whose effect depends
2817 on the mode of the memory reference it is used in. */
2818 DEFHOOK
2819 (mode_dependent_address_p,
2820 "This hook returns @code{true} if memory address @var{addr} in address\n\
2821 space @var{addrspace} can have\n\
2822 different meanings depending on the machine mode of the memory\n\
2823 reference it is used for or if the address is valid for some modes\n\
2824 but not others.\n\
2825 \n\
2826 Autoincrement and autodecrement addresses typically have mode-dependent\n\
2827 effects because the amount of the increment or decrement is the size\n\
2828 of the operand being addressed. Some machines have other mode-dependent\n\
2829 addresses. Many RISC machines have no mode-dependent addresses.\n\
2830 \n\
2831 You may assume that @var{addr} is a valid address for the machine.\n\
2832 \n\
2833 The default version of this hook returns @code{false}.",
2834 bool, (const_rtx addr, addr_space_t addrspace),
2835 default_mode_dependent_address_p)
2836
2837 /* Given an invalid address X for a given machine mode, try machine-specific
2838 ways to make it legitimate. Return X or an invalid address on failure. */
2839 DEFHOOK
2840 (legitimize_address,
2841 "This hook is given an invalid memory address @var{x} for an\n\
2842 operand of mode @var{mode} and should try to return a valid memory\n\
2843 address.\n\
2844 \n\
2845 @findex break_out_memory_refs\n\
2846 @var{x} will always be the result of a call to @code{break_out_memory_refs},\n\
2847 and @var{oldx} will be the operand that was given to that function to produce\n\
2848 @var{x}.\n\
2849 \n\
2850 The code of the hook should not alter the substructure of\n\
2851 @var{x}. If it transforms @var{x} into a more legitimate form, it\n\
2852 should return the new @var{x}.\n\
2853 \n\
2854 It is not necessary for this hook to come up with a legitimate address,\n\
2855 with the exception of native TLS addresses (@pxref{Emulated TLS}).\n\
2856 The compiler has standard ways of doing so in all cases. In fact, if\n\
2857 the target supports only emulated TLS, it\n\
2858 is safe to omit this hook or make it return @var{x} if it cannot find\n\
2859 a valid way to legitimize the address. But often a machine-dependent\n\
2860 strategy can generate better code.",
2861 rtx, (rtx x, rtx oldx, machine_mode mode),
2862 default_legitimize_address)
2863
2864 /* Given an address RTX, undo the effects of LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS. */
2865 DEFHOOK
2866 (delegitimize_address,
2867 "This hook is used to undo the possibly obfuscating effects of the\n\
2868 @code{LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS} and @code{LEGITIMIZE_RELOAD_ADDRESS} target\n\
2869 macros. Some backend implementations of these macros wrap symbol\n\
2870 references inside an @code{UNSPEC} rtx to represent PIC or similar\n\
2871 addressing modes. This target hook allows GCC's optimizers to understand\n\
2872 the semantics of these opaque @code{UNSPEC}s by converting them back\n\
2873 into their original form.",
2874 rtx, (rtx x),
2875 delegitimize_mem_from_attrs)
2876
2877 /* Given an RTX, return true if it is not ok to emit it into debug info
2878 section. */
2879 DEFHOOK
2880 (const_not_ok_for_debug_p,
2881 "This hook should return true if @var{x} should not be emitted into\n\
2882 debug sections.",
2883 bool, (rtx x),
2884 default_const_not_ok_for_debug_p)
2885
2886 /* Given an address RTX, say whether it is valid. */
2887 DEFHOOK
2888 (legitimate_address_p,
2889 "A function that returns whether @var{x} (an RTX) is a legitimate memory\n\
2890 address on the target machine for a memory operand of mode @var{mode}.\n\
2891 \n\
2892 Legitimate addresses are defined in two variants: a strict variant and a\n\
2893 non-strict one. The @var{strict} parameter chooses which variant is\n\
2894 desired by the caller.\n\
2895 \n\
2896 The strict variant is used in the reload pass. It must be defined so\n\
2897 that any pseudo-register that has not been allocated a hard register is\n\
2898 considered a memory reference. This is because in contexts where some\n\
2899 kind of register is required, a pseudo-register with no hard register\n\
2900 must be rejected. For non-hard registers, the strict variant should look\n\
2901 up the @code{reg_renumber} array; it should then proceed using the hard\n\
2902 register number in the array, or treat the pseudo as a memory reference\n\
2903 if the array holds @code{-1}.\n\
2904 \n\
2905 The non-strict variant is used in other passes. It must be defined to\n\
2906 accept all pseudo-registers in every context where some kind of\n\
2907 register is required.\n\
2908 \n\
2909 Normally, constant addresses which are the sum of a @code{symbol_ref}\n\
2910 and an integer are stored inside a @code{const} RTX to mark them as\n\
2911 constant. Therefore, there is no need to recognize such sums\n\
2912 specifically as legitimate addresses. Normally you would simply\n\
2913 recognize any @code{const} as legitimate.\n\
2914 \n\
2915 Usually @code{PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS} is not prepared to handle constant\n\
2916 sums that are not marked with @code{const}. It assumes that a naked\n\
2917 @code{plus} indicates indexing. If so, then you @emph{must} reject such\n\
2918 naked constant sums as illegitimate addresses, so that none of them will\n\
2919 be given to @code{PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS}.\n\
2920 \n\
2921 @cindex @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO} and address validation\n\
2922 On some machines, whether a symbolic address is legitimate depends on\n\
2923 the section that the address refers to. On these machines, define the\n\
2924 target hook @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO} to store the information\n\
2925 into the @code{symbol_ref}, and then check for it here. When you see a\n\
2926 @code{const}, you will have to look inside it to find the\n\
2927 @code{symbol_ref} in order to determine the section. @xref{Assembler\n\
2928 Format}.\n\
2929 \n\
2930 @cindex @code{GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS}\n\
2931 Some ports are still using a deprecated legacy substitute for\n\
2932 this hook, the @code{GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS} macro. This macro\n\
2933 has this syntax:\n\
2934 \n\
2935 @example\n\
2936 #define GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS (@var{mode}, @var{x}, @var{label})\n\
2937 @end example\n\
2938 \n\
2939 @noindent\n\
2940 and should @code{goto @var{label}} if the address @var{x} is a valid\n\
2941 address on the target machine for a memory operand of mode @var{mode}.\n\
2942 \n\
2943 @findex REG_OK_STRICT\n\
2944 Compiler source files that want to use the strict variant of this\n\
2945 macro define the macro @code{REG_OK_STRICT}. You should use an\n\
2946 @code{#ifdef REG_OK_STRICT} conditional to define the strict variant in\n\
2947 that case and the non-strict variant otherwise.\n\
2948 \n\
2949 Using the hook is usually simpler because it limits the number of\n\
2950 files that are recompiled when changes are made.",
2951 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx x, bool strict),
2952 default_legitimate_address_p)
2953
2954 /* True if the given constant can be put into an object_block. */
2955 DEFHOOK
2956 (use_blocks_for_constant_p,
2957 "This hook should return true if pool entries for constant @var{x} can\n\
2958 be placed in an @code{object_block} structure. @var{mode} is the mode\n\
2959 of @var{x}.\n\
2960 \n\
2961 The default version returns false for all constants.",
2962 bool, (machine_mode mode, const_rtx x),
2963 hook_bool_mode_const_rtx_false)
2964
2965 /* True if the given decl can be put into an object_block. */
2966 DEFHOOK
2967 (use_blocks_for_decl_p,
2968 "This hook should return true if pool entries for @var{decl} should\n\
2969 be placed in an @code{object_block} structure.\n\
2970 \n\
2971 The default version returns true for all decls.",
2972 bool, (const_tree decl),
2973 hook_bool_const_tree_true)
2974
2975 /* The minimum and maximum byte offsets for anchored addresses. */
2976 DEFHOOKPOD
2977 (min_anchor_offset,
2978 "The minimum offset that should be applied to a section anchor.\n\
2979 On most targets, it should be the smallest offset that can be\n\
2980 applied to a base register while still giving a legitimate address\n\
2981 for every mode. The default value is 0.",
2982 HOST_WIDE_INT, 0)
2983
2984 DEFHOOKPOD
2985 (max_anchor_offset,
2986 "Like @code{TARGET_MIN_ANCHOR_OFFSET}, but the maximum (inclusive)\n\
2987 offset that should be applied to section anchors. The default\n\
2988 value is 0.",
2989 HOST_WIDE_INT, 0)
2990
2991 /* True if section anchors can be used to access the given symbol. */
2992 DEFHOOK
2993 (use_anchors_for_symbol_p,
2994 "Return true if GCC should attempt to use anchors to access @code{SYMBOL_REF}\n\
2995 @var{x}. You can assume @samp{SYMBOL_REF_HAS_BLOCK_INFO_P (@var{x})} and\n\
2996 @samp{!SYMBOL_REF_ANCHOR_P (@var{x})}.\n\
2997 \n\
2998 The default version is correct for most targets, but you might need to\n\
2999 intercept this hook to handle things like target-specific attributes\n\
3000 or target-specific sections.",
3001 bool, (const_rtx x),
3002 default_use_anchors_for_symbol_p)
3003
3004 /* True if target supports indirect functions. */
3005 DEFHOOK
3006 (has_ifunc_p,
3007 "It returns true if the target supports GNU indirect functions.\n\
3008 The support includes the assembler, linker and dynamic linker.\n\
3009 The default value of this hook is based on target's libc.",
3010 bool, (void),
3011 default_has_ifunc_p)
3012
3013 /* True if it is OK to do sibling call optimization for the specified
3014 call expression EXP. DECL will be the called function, or NULL if
3015 this is an indirect call. */
3016 DEFHOOK
3017 (function_ok_for_sibcall,
3018 "True if it is OK to do sibling call optimization for the specified\n\
3019 call expression @var{exp}. @var{decl} will be the called function,\n\
3020 or @code{NULL} if this is an indirect call.\n\
3021 \n\
3022 It is not uncommon for limitations of calling conventions to prevent\n\
3023 tail calls to functions outside the current unit of translation, or\n\
3024 during PIC compilation. The hook is used to enforce these restrictions,\n\
3025 as the @code{sibcall} md pattern cannot fail, or fall over to a\n\
3026 ``normal'' call. The criteria for successful sibling call optimization\n\
3027 may vary greatly between different architectures.",
3028 bool, (tree decl, tree exp),
3029 hook_bool_tree_tree_false)
3030
3031 /* Establish appropriate back-end context for processing the function
3032 FNDECL. The argument might be NULL to indicate processing at top
3033 level, outside of any function scope. */
3034 DEFHOOK
3035 (set_current_function,
3036 "The compiler invokes this hook whenever it changes its current function\n\
3037 context (@code{cfun}). You can define this function if\n\
3038 the back end needs to perform any initialization or reset actions on a\n\
3039 per-function basis. For example, it may be used to implement function\n\
3040 attributes that affect register usage or code generation patterns.\n\
3041 The argument @var{decl} is the declaration for the new function context,\n\
3042 and may be null to indicate that the compiler has left a function context\n\
3043 and is returning to processing at the top level.\n\
3044 The default hook function does nothing.\n\
3045 \n\
3046 GCC sets @code{cfun} to a dummy function context during initialization of\n\
3047 some parts of the back end. The hook function is not invoked in this\n\
3048 situation; you need not worry about the hook being invoked recursively,\n\
3049 or when the back end is in a partially-initialized state.\n\
3050 @code{cfun} might be @code{NULL} to indicate processing at top level,\n\
3051 outside of any function scope.",
3052 void, (tree decl), hook_void_tree)
3053
3054 /* True if EXP should be placed in a "small data" section. */
3055 DEFHOOK
3056 (in_small_data_p,
3057 "Returns true if @var{exp} should be placed into a ``small data'' section.\n\
3058 The default version of this hook always returns false.",
3059 bool, (const_tree exp),
3060 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
3061
3062 /* True if EXP names an object for which name resolution must resolve
3063 to the current executable or shared library. */
3064 DEFHOOK
3065 (binds_local_p,
3066 "Returns true if @var{exp} names an object for which name resolution\n\
3067 rules must resolve to the current ``module'' (dynamic shared library\n\
3068 or executable image).\n\
3069 \n\
3070 The default version of this hook implements the name resolution rules\n\
3071 for ELF, which has a looser model of global name binding than other\n\
3072 currently supported object file formats.",
3073 bool, (const_tree exp),
3074 default_binds_local_p)
3075
3076 /* Check if profiling code is before or after prologue. */
3077 DEFHOOK
3078 (profile_before_prologue,
3079 "It returns true if target wants profile code emitted before prologue.\n\n\
3080 The default version of this hook use the target macro\n\
3081 @code{PROFILE_BEFORE_PROLOGUE}.",
3082 bool, (void),
3083 default_profile_before_prologue)
3084
3085 /* Return true if a leaf function should stay leaf even with profiling
3086 enabled. */
3087 DEFHOOK
3088 (keep_leaf_when_profiled,
3089 "This target hook returns true if the target wants the leaf flag for\n\
3090 the current function to stay true even if it calls mcount. This might\n\
3091 make sense for targets using the leaf flag only to determine whether a\n\
3092 stack frame needs to be generated or not and for which the call to\n\
3093 mcount is generated before the function prologue.",
3094 bool, (void),
3095 default_keep_leaf_when_profiled)
3096
3097 /* Modify and return the identifier of a DECL's external name,
3098 originally identified by ID, as required by the target,
3099 (eg, append @nn to windows32 stdcall function names).
3100 The default is to return ID without modification. */
3101 DEFHOOK
3102 (mangle_decl_assembler_name,
3103 "Define this hook if you need to postprocess the assembler name generated\n\
3104 by target-independent code. The @var{id} provided to this hook will be\n\
3105 the computed name (e.g., the macro @code{DECL_NAME} of the @var{decl} in C,\n\
3106 or the mangled name of the @var{decl} in C++). The return value of the\n\
3107 hook is an @code{IDENTIFIER_NODE} for the appropriate mangled name on\n\
3108 your target system. The default implementation of this hook just\n\
3109 returns the @var{id} provided.",
3110 tree, (tree decl, tree id),
3111 default_mangle_decl_assembler_name)
3112
3113 /* Do something target-specific to record properties of the DECL into
3114 the associated SYMBOL_REF. */
3115 DEFHOOK
3116 (encode_section_info,
3117 "Define this hook if references to a symbol or a constant must be\n\
3118 treated differently depending on something about the variable or\n\
3119 function named by the symbol (such as what section it is in).\n\
3120 \n\
3121 The hook is executed immediately after rtl has been created for\n\
3122 @var{decl}, which may be a variable or function declaration or\n\
3123 an entry in the constant pool. In either case, @var{rtl} is the\n\
3124 rtl in question. Do @emph{not} use @code{DECL_RTL (@var{decl})}\n\
3125 in this hook; that field may not have been initialized yet.\n\
3126 \n\
3127 In the case of a constant, it is safe to assume that the rtl is\n\
3128 a @code{mem} whose address is a @code{symbol_ref}. Most decls\n\
3129 will also have this form, but that is not guaranteed. Global\n\
3130 register variables, for instance, will have a @code{reg} for their\n\
3131 rtl. (Normally the right thing to do with such unusual rtl is\n\
3132 leave it alone.)\n\
3133 \n\
3134 The @var{new_decl_p} argument will be true if this is the first time\n\
3135 that @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO} has been invoked on this decl. It will\n\
3136 be false for subsequent invocations, which will happen for duplicate\n\
3137 declarations. Whether or not anything must be done for the duplicate\n\
3138 declaration depends on whether the hook examines @code{DECL_ATTRIBUTES}.\n\
3139 @var{new_decl_p} is always true when the hook is called for a constant.\n\
3140 \n\
3141 @cindex @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAG}, in @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO}\n\
3142 The usual thing for this hook to do is to record flags in the\n\
3143 @code{symbol_ref}, using @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAG} or @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS}.\n\
3144 Historically, the name string was modified if it was necessary to\n\
3145 encode more than one bit of information, but this practice is now\n\
3146 discouraged; use @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS}.\n\
3147 \n\
3148 The default definition of this hook, @code{default_encode_section_info}\n\
3149 in @file{varasm.c}, sets a number of commonly-useful bits in\n\
3150 @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS}. Check whether the default does what you need\n\
3151 before overriding it.",
3152 void, (tree decl, rtx rtl, int new_decl_p),
3153 default_encode_section_info)
3154
3155 /* Undo the effects of encode_section_info on the symbol string. */
3156 DEFHOOK
3157 (strip_name_encoding,
3158 "Decode @var{name} and return the real name part, sans\n\
3159 the characters that @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO}\n\
3160 may have added.",
3161 const char *, (const char *name),
3162 default_strip_name_encoding)
3163
3164 /* If shift optabs for MODE are known to always truncate the shift count,
3165 return the mask that they apply. Return 0 otherwise. */
3166 DEFHOOK
3167 (shift_truncation_mask,
3168 "This function describes how the standard shift patterns for @var{mode}\n\
3169 deal with shifts by negative amounts or by more than the width of the mode.\n\
3170 @xref{shift patterns}.\n\
3171 \n\
3172 On many machines, the shift patterns will apply a mask @var{m} to the\n\
3173 shift count, meaning that a fixed-width shift of @var{x} by @var{y} is\n\
3174 equivalent to an arbitrary-width shift of @var{x} by @var{y & m}. If\n\
3175 this is true for mode @var{mode}, the function should return @var{m},\n\
3176 otherwise it should return 0. A return value of 0 indicates that no\n\
3177 particular behavior is guaranteed.\n\
3178 \n\
3179 Note that, unlike @code{SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED}, this function does\n\
3180 @emph{not} apply to general shift rtxes; it applies only to instructions\n\
3181 that are generated by the named shift patterns.\n\
3182 \n\
3183 The default implementation of this function returns\n\
3184 @code{GET_MODE_BITSIZE (@var{mode}) - 1} if @code{SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED}\n\
3185 and 0 otherwise. This definition is always safe, but if\n\
3186 @code{SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED} is false, and some shift patterns\n\
3187 nevertheless truncate the shift count, you may get better code\n\
3188 by overriding it.",
3189 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, (machine_mode mode),
3190 default_shift_truncation_mask)
3191
3192 /* Return the number of divisions in the given MODE that should be present,
3193 so that it is profitable to turn the division into a multiplication by
3194 the reciprocal. */
3195 DEFHOOK
3196 (min_divisions_for_recip_mul,
3197 "When @option{-ffast-math} is in effect, GCC tries to optimize\n\
3198 divisions by the same divisor, by turning them into multiplications by\n\
3199 the reciprocal. This target hook specifies the minimum number of divisions\n\
3200 that should be there for GCC to perform the optimization for a variable\n\
3201 of mode @var{mode}. The default implementation returns 3 if the machine\n\
3202 has an instruction for the division, and 2 if it does not.",
3203 unsigned int, (machine_mode mode),
3204 default_min_divisions_for_recip_mul)
3205
3206 DEFHOOK
3207 (truly_noop_truncation,
3208 "This hook returns true if it is safe to ``convert'' a value of\n\
3209 @var{inprec} bits to one of @var{outprec} bits (where @var{outprec} is\n\
3210 smaller than @var{inprec}) by merely operating on it as if it had only\n\
3211 @var{outprec} bits. The default returns true unconditionally, which\n\
3212 is correct for most machines. When @code{TARGET_TRULY_NOOP_TRUNCATION}\n\
3213 returns false, the machine description should provide a @code{trunc}\n\
3214 optab to specify the RTL that performs the required truncation.\n\
3215 \n\
3216 If @code{TARGET_MODES_TIEABLE_P} returns false for a pair of modes,\n\
3217 suboptimal code can result if this hook returns true for the corresponding\n\
3218 mode sizes. Making this hook return false in such cases may improve things.",
3219 bool, (poly_uint64 outprec, poly_uint64 inprec),
3220 hook_bool_puint64_puint64_true)
3221
3222 /* If the representation of integral MODE is such that values are
3223 always sign-extended to a wider mode MODE_REP then return
3224 SIGN_EXTEND. Return UNKNOWN otherwise. */
3225 /* Note that the return type ought to be RTX_CODE, but that's not
3226 necessarily defined at this point. */
3227 DEFHOOK
3228 (mode_rep_extended,
3229 "The representation of an integral mode can be such that the values\n\
3230 are always extended to a wider integral mode. Return\n\
3231 @code{SIGN_EXTEND} if values of @var{mode} are represented in\n\
3232 sign-extended form to @var{rep_mode}. Return @code{UNKNOWN}\n\
3233 otherwise. (Currently, none of the targets use zero-extended\n\
3234 representation this way so unlike @code{LOAD_EXTEND_OP},\n\
3235 @code{TARGET_MODE_REP_EXTENDED} is expected to return either\n\
3236 @code{SIGN_EXTEND} or @code{UNKNOWN}. Also no target extends\n\
3237 @var{mode} to @var{rep_mode} so that @var{rep_mode} is not the next\n\
3238 widest integral mode and currently we take advantage of this fact.)\n\
3239 \n\
3240 Similarly to @code{LOAD_EXTEND_OP} you may return a non-@code{UNKNOWN}\n\
3241 value even if the extension is not performed on certain hard registers\n\
3242 as long as for the @code{REGNO_REG_CLASS} of these hard registers\n\
3243 @code{TARGET_CAN_CHANGE_MODE_CLASS} returns false.\n\
3244 \n\
3245 Note that @code{TARGET_MODE_REP_EXTENDED} and @code{LOAD_EXTEND_OP}\n\
3246 describe two related properties. If you define\n\
3247 @code{TARGET_MODE_REP_EXTENDED (mode, word_mode)} you probably also want\n\
3248 to define @code{LOAD_EXTEND_OP (mode)} to return the same type of\n\
3249 extension.\n\
3250 \n\
3251 In order to enforce the representation of @code{mode},\n\
3252 @code{TARGET_TRULY_NOOP_TRUNCATION} should return false when truncating to\n\
3253 @code{mode}.",
3254 int, (scalar_int_mode mode, scalar_int_mode rep_mode),
3255 default_mode_rep_extended)
3256
3257 DEFHOOK
3258 (setjmp_preserves_nonvolatile_regs_p,
3259 "On some targets, it is assumed that the compiler will spill all pseudos\n\
3260 that are live across a call to @code{setjmp}, while other targets treat\n\
3261 @code{setjmp} calls as normal function calls.\n\
3262 \n\
3263 This hook returns false if @code{setjmp} calls do not preserve all\n\
3264 non-volatile registers so that gcc that must spill all pseudos that are\n\
3265 live across @code{setjmp} calls. Define this to return true if the\n\
3266 target does not need to spill all pseudos live across @code{setjmp} calls.\n\
3267 The default implementation conservatively assumes all pseudos must be\n\
3268 spilled across @code{setjmp} calls.",
3269 bool, (void),
3270 hook_bool_void_false)
3271
3272 /* True if MODE is valid for a pointer in __attribute__((mode("MODE"))). */
3273 DEFHOOK
3274 (valid_pointer_mode,
3275 "Define this to return nonzero if the port can handle pointers\n\
3276 with machine mode @var{mode}. The default version of this\n\
3277 hook returns true for both @code{ptr_mode} and @code{Pmode}.",
3278 bool, (scalar_int_mode mode),
3279 default_valid_pointer_mode)
3280
3281 /* Disambiguate with errno. */
3282 DEFHOOK
3283 (ref_may_alias_errno,
3284 "Define this to return nonzero if the memory reference @var{ref}\n\
3285 may alias with the system C library errno location. The default\n\
3286 version of this hook assumes the system C library errno location\n\
3287 is either a declaration of type int or accessed by dereferencing\n\
3288 a pointer to int.",
3289 bool, (ao_ref *ref),
3290 default_ref_may_alias_errno)
3291
3292 /* Support for named address spaces. */
3293 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
3294 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_"
3295 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_HOOKS, addr_space)
3296
3297 /* MODE to use for a pointer into another address space. */
3298 DEFHOOK
3299 (pointer_mode,
3300 "Define this to return the machine mode to use for pointers to\n\
3301 @var{address_space} if the target supports named address spaces.\n\
3302 The default version of this hook returns @code{ptr_mode}.",
3303 scalar_int_mode, (addr_space_t address_space),
3304 default_addr_space_pointer_mode)
3305
3306 /* MODE to use for an address in another address space. */
3307 DEFHOOK
3308 (address_mode,
3309 "Define this to return the machine mode to use for addresses in\n\
3310 @var{address_space} if the target supports named address spaces.\n\
3311 The default version of this hook returns @code{Pmode}.",
3312 scalar_int_mode, (addr_space_t address_space),
3313 default_addr_space_address_mode)
3314
3315 /* True if MODE is valid for a pointer in __attribute__((mode("MODE")))
3316 in another address space. */
3317 DEFHOOK
3318 (valid_pointer_mode,
3319 "Define this to return nonzero if the port can handle pointers\n\
3320 with machine mode @var{mode} to address space @var{as}. This target\n\
3321 hook is the same as the @code{TARGET_VALID_POINTER_MODE} target hook,\n\
3322 except that it includes explicit named address space support. The default\n\
3323 version of this hook returns true for the modes returned by either the\n\
3324 @code{TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_POINTER_MODE} or @code{TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_ADDRESS_MODE}\n\
3325 target hooks for the given address space.",
3326 bool, (scalar_int_mode mode, addr_space_t as),
3327 default_addr_space_valid_pointer_mode)
3328
3329 /* True if an address is a valid memory address to a given named address
3330 space for a given mode. */
3331 DEFHOOK
3332 (legitimate_address_p,
3333 "Define this to return true if @var{exp} is a valid address for mode\n\
3334 @var{mode} in the named address space @var{as}. The @var{strict}\n\
3335 parameter says whether strict addressing is in effect after reload has\n\
3336 finished. This target hook is the same as the\n\
3337 @code{TARGET_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS_P} target hook, except that it includes\n\
3338 explicit named address space support.",
3339 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx exp, bool strict, addr_space_t as),
3340 default_addr_space_legitimate_address_p)
3341
3342 /* Return an updated address to convert an invalid pointer to a named
3343 address space to a valid one. If NULL_RTX is returned use machine
3344 independent methods to make the address valid. */
3345 DEFHOOK
3346 (legitimize_address,
3347 "Define this to modify an invalid address @var{x} to be a valid address\n\
3348 with mode @var{mode} in the named address space @var{as}. This target\n\
3349 hook is the same as the @code{TARGET_LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS} target hook,\n\
3350 except that it includes explicit named address space support.",
3351 rtx, (rtx x, rtx oldx, machine_mode mode, addr_space_t as),
3352 default_addr_space_legitimize_address)
3353
3354 /* True if one named address space is a subset of another named address. */
3355 DEFHOOK
3356 (subset_p,
3357 "Define this to return whether the @var{subset} named address space is\n\
3358 contained within the @var{superset} named address space. Pointers to\n\
3359 a named address space that is a subset of another named address space\n\
3360 will be converted automatically without a cast if used together in\n\
3361 arithmetic operations. Pointers to a superset address space can be\n\
3362 converted to pointers to a subset address space via explicit casts.",
3363 bool, (addr_space_t subset, addr_space_t superset),
3364 default_addr_space_subset_p)
3365
3366 /* True if 0 is a valid address in the address space, or false if
3367 0 is a NULL in the address space. */
3368 DEFHOOK
3369 (zero_address_valid,
3370 "Define this to modify the default handling of address 0 for the\n\
3371 address space. Return true if 0 should be considered a valid address.",
3372 bool, (addr_space_t as),
3373 default_addr_space_zero_address_valid)
3374
3375 /* Function to convert an rtl expression from one address space to another. */
3376 DEFHOOK
3377 (convert,
3378 "Define this to convert the pointer expression represented by the RTL\n\
3379 @var{op} with type @var{from_type} that points to a named address\n\
3380 space to a new pointer expression with type @var{to_type} that points\n\
3381 to a different named address space. When this hook it called, it is\n\
3382 guaranteed that one of the two address spaces is a subset of the other,\n\
3383 as determined by the @code{TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_SUBSET_P} target hook.",
3384 rtx, (rtx op, tree from_type, tree to_type),
3385 default_addr_space_convert)
3386
3387 /* Function to encode an address space into dwarf. */
3388 DEFHOOK
3389 (debug,
3390 "Define this to define how the address space is encoded in dwarf.\n\
3391 The result is the value to be used with @code{DW_AT_address_class}.",
3392 int, (addr_space_t as),
3393 default_addr_space_debug)
3394
3395 /* Function to emit custom diagnostic if an address space is used. */
3396 DEFHOOK
3397 (diagnose_usage,
3398 "Define this hook if the availability of an address space depends on\n\
3399 command line options and some diagnostics should be printed when the\n\
3400 address space is used. This hook is called during parsing and allows\n\
3401 to emit a better diagnostic compared to the case where the address space\n\
3402 was not registered with @code{c_register_addr_space}. @var{as} is\n\
3403 the address space as registered with @code{c_register_addr_space}.\n\
3404 @var{loc} is the location of the address space qualifier token.\n\
3405 The default implementation does nothing.",
3406 void, (addr_space_t as, location_t loc),
3407 default_addr_space_diagnose_usage)
3408
3409 HOOK_VECTOR_END (addr_space)
3410
3411 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
3412 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
3413
3414 DEFHOOK
3415 (lower_local_decl_alignment,
3416 "Define this hook to lower alignment of local, parm or result\n\
3417 decl @samp{(@var{decl})}.",
3418 void, (tree decl),
3419 hook_void_tree)
3420
3421 DEFHOOK
3422 (static_rtx_alignment,
3423 "This hook returns the preferred alignment in bits for a\n\
3424 statically-allocated rtx, such as a constant pool entry. @var{mode}\n\
3425 is the mode of the rtx. The default implementation returns\n\
3426 @samp{GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (@var{mode})}.",
3427 HOST_WIDE_INT, (machine_mode mode),
3428 default_static_rtx_alignment)
3429
3430 DEFHOOK
3431 (constant_alignment,
3432 "This hook returns the alignment in bits of a constant that is being\n\
3433 placed in memory. @var{constant} is the constant and @var{basic_align}\n\
3434 is the alignment that the object would ordinarily have.\n\
3435 \n\
3436 The default definition just returns @var{basic_align}.\n\
3437 \n\
3438 The typical use of this hook is to increase alignment for string\n\
3439 constants to be word aligned so that @code{strcpy} calls that copy\n\
3440 constants can be done inline. The function\n\
3441 @code{constant_alignment_word_strings} provides such a definition.",
3442 HOST_WIDE_INT, (const_tree constant, HOST_WIDE_INT basic_align),
3443 default_constant_alignment)
3444
3445 DEFHOOK
3446 (translate_mode_attribute,
3447 "Define this hook if during mode attribute processing, the port should\n\
3448 translate machine_mode @var{mode} to another mode. For example, rs6000's\n\
3449 @code{KFmode}, when it is the same as @code{TFmode}.\n\
3450 \n\
3451 The default version of the hook returns that mode that was passed in.",
3452 machine_mode, (machine_mode mode),
3453 default_translate_mode_attribute)
3454
3455 /* True if MODE is valid for the target. By "valid", we mean able to
3456 be manipulated in non-trivial ways. In particular, this means all
3457 the arithmetic is supported. */
3458 DEFHOOK
3459 (scalar_mode_supported_p,
3460 "Define this to return nonzero if the port is prepared to handle\n\
3461 insns involving scalar mode @var{mode}. For a scalar mode to be\n\
3462 considered supported, all the basic arithmetic and comparisons\n\
3463 must work.\n\
3464 \n\
3465 The default version of this hook returns true for any mode\n\
3466 required to handle the basic C types (as defined by the port).\n\
3467 Included here are the double-word arithmetic supported by the\n\
3468 code in @file{optabs.c}.",
3469 bool, (scalar_mode mode),
3470 default_scalar_mode_supported_p)
3471
3472 /* Similarly for vector modes. "Supported" here is less strict. At
3473 least some operations are supported; need to check optabs or builtins
3474 for further details. */
3475 DEFHOOK
3476 (vector_mode_supported_p,
3477 "Define this to return nonzero if the port is prepared to handle\n\
3478 insns involving vector mode @var{mode}. At the very least, it\n\
3479 must have move patterns for this mode.",
3480 bool, (machine_mode mode),
3481 hook_bool_mode_false)
3482
3483 DEFHOOK
3484 (compatible_vector_types_p,
3485 "Return true if there is no target-specific reason for treating\n\
3486 vector types @var{type1} and @var{type2} as distinct types. The caller\n\
3487 has already checked for target-independent reasons, meaning that the\n\
3488 types are known to have the same mode, to have the same number of elements,\n\
3489 and to have what the caller considers to be compatible element types.\n\
3490 \n\
3491 The main reason for defining this hook is to reject pairs of types\n\
3492 that are handled differently by the target's calling convention.\n\
3493 For example, when a new @var{N}-bit vector architecture is added\n\
3494 to a target, the target may want to handle normal @var{N}-bit\n\
3495 @code{VECTOR_TYPE} arguments and return values in the same way as\n\
3496 before, to maintain backwards compatibility. However, it may also\n\
3497 provide new, architecture-specific @code{VECTOR_TYPE}s that are passed\n\
3498 and returned in a more efficient way. It is then important to maintain\n\
3499 a distinction between the ``normal'' @code{VECTOR_TYPE}s and the new\n\
3500 architecture-specific ones.\n\
3501 \n\
3502 The default implementation returns true, which is correct for most targets.",
3503 bool, (const_tree type1, const_tree type2),
3504 hook_bool_const_tree_const_tree_true)
3505
3506 DEFHOOK
3507 (vector_alignment,
3508 "This hook can be used to define the alignment for a vector of type\n\
3509 @var{type}, in order to comply with a platform ABI. The default is to\n\
3510 require natural alignment for vector types. The alignment returned by\n\
3511 this hook must be a power-of-two multiple of the default alignment of\n\
3512 the vector element type.",
3513 HOST_WIDE_INT, (const_tree type),
3514 default_vector_alignment)
3515
3516 DEFHOOK
3517 (array_mode,
3518 "Return the mode that GCC should use for an array that has\n\
3519 @var{nelems} elements, with each element having mode @var{mode}.\n\
3520 Return no mode if the target has no special requirements. In the\n\
3521 latter case, GCC looks for an integer mode of the appropriate size\n\
3522 if available and uses BLKmode otherwise. Usually the search for the\n\
3523 integer mode is limited to @code{MAX_FIXED_MODE_SIZE}, but the\n\
3524 @code{TARGET_ARRAY_MODE_SUPPORTED_P} hook allows a larger mode to be\n\
3525 used in specific cases.\n\
3526 \n\
3527 The main use of this hook is to specify that an array of vectors should\n\
3528 also have a vector mode. The default implementation returns no mode.",
3529 opt_machine_mode, (machine_mode mode, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT nelems),
3530 hook_optmode_mode_uhwi_none)
3531
3532 /* True if we should try to use a scalar mode to represent an array,
3533 overriding the usual MAX_FIXED_MODE limit. */
3534 DEFHOOK
3535 (array_mode_supported_p,
3536 "Return true if GCC should try to use a scalar mode to store an array\n\
3537 of @var{nelems} elements, given that each element has mode @var{mode}.\n\
3538 Returning true here overrides the usual @code{MAX_FIXED_MODE} limit\n\
3539 and allows GCC to use any defined integer mode.\n\
3540 \n\
3541 One use of this hook is to support vector load and store operations\n\
3542 that operate on several homogeneous vectors. For example, ARM NEON\n\
3543 has operations like:\n\
3544 \n\
3545 @smallexample\n\
3546 int8x8x3_t vld3_s8 (const int8_t *)\n\
3547 @end smallexample\n\
3548 \n\
3549 where the return type is defined as:\n\
3550 \n\
3551 @smallexample\n\
3552 typedef struct int8x8x3_t\n\
3553 @{\n\
3554 int8x8_t val[3];\n\
3555 @} int8x8x3_t;\n\
3556 @end smallexample\n\
3557 \n\
3558 If this hook allows @code{val} to have a scalar mode, then\n\
3559 @code{int8x8x3_t} can have the same mode. GCC can then store\n\
3560 @code{int8x8x3_t}s in registers rather than forcing them onto the stack.",
3561 bool, (machine_mode mode, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT nelems),
3562 hook_bool_mode_uhwi_false)
3563
3564 DEFHOOK
3565 (libgcc_floating_mode_supported_p,
3566 "Define this to return nonzero if libgcc provides support for the \n\
3567 floating-point mode @var{mode}, which is known to pass \n\
3568 @code{TARGET_SCALAR_MODE_SUPPORTED_P}. The default version of this \n\
3569 hook returns true for all of @code{SFmode}, @code{DFmode}, \n\
3570 @code{XFmode} and @code{TFmode}, if such modes exist.",
3571 bool, (scalar_float_mode mode),
3572 default_libgcc_floating_mode_supported_p)
3573
3574 DEFHOOK
3575 (floatn_mode,
3576 "Define this to return the machine mode to use for the type \n\
3577 @code{_Float@var{n}}, if @var{extended} is false, or the type \n\
3578 @code{_Float@var{n}x}, if @var{extended} is true. If such a type is not\n\
3579 supported, return @code{opt_scalar_float_mode ()}. The default version of\n\
3580 this hook returns @code{SFmode} for @code{_Float32}, @code{DFmode} for\n\
3581 @code{_Float64} and @code{_Float32x} and @code{TFmode} for \n\
3582 @code{_Float128}, if those modes exist and satisfy the requirements for \n\
3583 those types and pass @code{TARGET_SCALAR_MODE_SUPPORTED_P} and \n\
3584 @code{TARGET_LIBGCC_FLOATING_MODE_SUPPORTED_P}; for @code{_Float64x}, it \n\
3585 returns the first of @code{XFmode} and @code{TFmode} that exists and \n\
3586 satisfies the same requirements; for other types, it returns \n\
3587 @code{opt_scalar_float_mode ()}. The hook is only called for values\n\
3588 of @var{n} and @var{extended} that are valid according to\n\
3589 ISO/IEC TS 18661-3:2015; that is, @var{n} is one of 32, 64, 128, or,\n\
3590 if @var{extended} is false, 16 or greater than 128 and a multiple of 32.",
3591 opt_scalar_float_mode, (int n, bool extended),
3592 default_floatn_mode)
3593
3594 DEFHOOK
3595 (floatn_builtin_p,
3596 "Define this to return true if the @code{_Float@var{n}} and\n\
3597 @code{_Float@var{n}x} built-in functions should implicitly enable the\n\
3598 built-in function without the @code{__builtin_} prefix in addition to the\n\
3599 normal built-in function with the @code{__builtin_} prefix. The default is\n\
3600 to only enable built-in functions without the @code{__builtin_} prefix for\n\
3601 the GNU C langauge. In strict ANSI/ISO mode, the built-in function without\n\
3602 the @code{__builtin_} prefix is not enabled. The argument @code{FUNC} is the\n\
3603 @code{enum built_in_function} id of the function to be enabled.",
3604 bool, (int func),
3605 default_floatn_builtin_p)
3606
3607 /* Compute cost of moving data from a register of class FROM to one of
3608 TO, using MODE. */
3609 DEFHOOK
3610 (register_move_cost,
3611 "This target hook should return the cost of moving data of mode @var{mode}\n\
3612 from a register in class @var{from} to one in class @var{to}. The classes\n\
3613 are expressed using the enumeration values such as @code{GENERAL_REGS}.\n\
3614 A value of 2 is the default; other values are interpreted relative to\n\
3615 that.\n\
3616 \n\
3617 It is not required that the cost always equal 2 when @var{from} is the\n\
3618 same as @var{to}; on some machines it is expensive to move between\n\
3619 registers if they are not general registers.\n\
3620 \n\
3621 If reload sees an insn consisting of a single @code{set} between two\n\
3622 hard registers, and if @code{TARGET_REGISTER_MOVE_COST} applied to their\n\
3623 classes returns a value of 2, reload does not check to ensure that the\n\
3624 constraints of the insn are met. Setting a cost of other than 2 will\n\
3625 allow reload to verify that the constraints are met. You should do this\n\
3626 if the @samp{mov@var{m}} pattern's constraints do not allow such copying.\n\
3627 \n\
3628 The default version of this function returns 2.",
3629 int, (machine_mode mode, reg_class_t from, reg_class_t to),
3630 default_register_move_cost)
3631
3632 /* Compute cost of moving registers to/from memory. */
3633 /* ??? Documenting the argument types for this hook requires a GFDL
3634 license grant. Also, the documentation uses a different name for RCLASS. */
3635 DEFHOOK
3636 (memory_move_cost,
3637 "This target hook should return the cost of moving data of mode @var{mode}\n\
3638 between a register of class @var{rclass} and memory; @var{in} is @code{false}\n\
3639 if the value is to be written to memory, @code{true} if it is to be read in.\n\
3640 This cost is relative to those in @code{TARGET_REGISTER_MOVE_COST}.\n\
3641 If moving between registers and memory is more expensive than between two\n\
3642 registers, you should add this target hook to express the relative cost.\n\
3643 \n\
3644 If you do not add this target hook, GCC uses a default cost of 4 plus\n\
3645 the cost of copying via a secondary reload register, if one is\n\
3646 needed. If your machine requires a secondary reload register to copy\n\
3647 between memory and a register of @var{rclass} but the reload mechanism is\n\
3648 more complex than copying via an intermediate, use this target hook to\n\
3649 reflect the actual cost of the move.\n\
3650 \n\
3651 GCC defines the function @code{memory_move_secondary_cost} if\n\
3652 secondary reloads are needed. It computes the costs due to copying via\n\
3653 a secondary register. If your machine copies from memory using a\n\
3654 secondary register in the conventional way but the default base value of\n\
3655 4 is not correct for your machine, use this target hook to add some other\n\
3656 value to the result of that function. The arguments to that function\n\
3657 are the same as to this target hook.",
3658 int, (machine_mode mode, reg_class_t rclass, bool in),
3659 default_memory_move_cost)
3660
3661 DEFHOOK
3662 (use_by_pieces_infrastructure_p,
3663 "GCC will attempt several strategies when asked to copy between\n\
3664 two areas of memory, or to set, clear or store to memory, for example\n\
3665 when copying a @code{struct}. The @code{by_pieces} infrastructure\n\
3666 implements such memory operations as a sequence of load, store or move\n\
3667 insns. Alternate strategies are to expand the\n\
3668 @code{cpymem} or @code{setmem} optabs, to emit a library call, or to emit\n\
3669 unit-by-unit, loop-based operations.\n\
3670 \n\
3671 This target hook should return true if, for a memory operation with a\n\
3672 given @var{size} and @var{alignment}, using the @code{by_pieces}\n\
3673 infrastructure is expected to result in better code generation.\n\
3674 Both @var{size} and @var{alignment} are measured in terms of storage\n\
3675 units.\n\
3676 \n\
3677 The parameter @var{op} is one of: @code{CLEAR_BY_PIECES},\n\
3678 @code{MOVE_BY_PIECES}, @code{SET_BY_PIECES}, @code{STORE_BY_PIECES} or\n\
3679 @code{COMPARE_BY_PIECES}. These describe the type of memory operation\n\
3680 under consideration.\n\
3681 \n\
3682 The parameter @var{speed_p} is true if the code is currently being\n\
3683 optimized for speed rather than size.\n\
3684 \n\
3685 Returning true for higher values of @var{size} can improve code generation\n\
3686 for speed if the target does not provide an implementation of the\n\
3687 @code{cpymem} or @code{setmem} standard names, if the @code{cpymem} or\n\
3688 @code{setmem} implementation would be more expensive than a sequence of\n\
3689 insns, or if the overhead of a library call would dominate that of\n\
3690 the body of the memory operation.\n\
3691 \n\
3692 Returning true for higher values of @code{size} may also cause an increase\n\
3693 in code size, for example where the number of insns emitted to perform a\n\
3694 move would be greater than that of a library call.",
3695 bool, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size, unsigned int alignment,
3696 enum by_pieces_operation op, bool speed_p),
3697 default_use_by_pieces_infrastructure_p)
3698
3699 DEFHOOK
3700 (overlap_op_by_pieces_p,
3701 "This target hook should return true if when the @code{by_pieces}\n\
3702 infrastructure is used, an offset adjusted unaligned memory operation\n\
3703 in the smallest integer mode for the last piece operation of a memory\n\
3704 region can be generated to avoid doing more than one smaller operations.",
3705 bool, (void),
3706 hook_bool_void_false)
3707
3708 DEFHOOK
3709 (compare_by_pieces_branch_ratio,
3710 "When expanding a block comparison in MODE, gcc can try to reduce the\n\
3711 number of branches at the expense of more memory operations. This hook\n\
3712 allows the target to override the default choice. It should return the\n\
3713 factor by which branches should be reduced over the plain expansion with\n\
3714 one comparison per @var{mode}-sized piece. A port can also prevent a\n\
3715 particular mode from being used for block comparisons by returning a\n\
3716 negative number from this hook.",
3717 int, (machine_mode mode),
3718 default_compare_by_pieces_branch_ratio)
3719
3720 DEFHOOK
3721 (slow_unaligned_access,
3722 "This hook returns true if memory accesses described by the\n\
3723 @var{mode} and @var{alignment} parameters have a cost many times greater\n\
3724 than aligned accesses, for example if they are emulated in a trap handler.\n\
3725 This hook is invoked only for unaligned accesses, i.e.@: when\n\
3726 @code{@var{alignment} < GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (@var{mode})}.\n\
3727 \n\
3728 When this hook returns true, the compiler will act as if\n\
3729 @code{STRICT_ALIGNMENT} were true when generating code for block\n\
3730 moves. This can cause significantly more instructions to be produced.\n\
3731 Therefore, do not make this hook return true if unaligned accesses only\n\
3732 add a cycle or two to the time for a memory access.\n\
3733 \n\
3734 The hook must return true whenever @code{STRICT_ALIGNMENT} is true.\n\
3735 The default implementation returns @code{STRICT_ALIGNMENT}.",
3736 bool, (machine_mode mode, unsigned int align),
3737 default_slow_unaligned_access)
3738
3739 DEFHOOK
3740 (optab_supported_p,
3741 "Return true if the optimizers should use optab @var{op} with\n\
3742 modes @var{mode1} and @var{mode2} for optimization type @var{opt_type}.\n\
3743 The optab is known to have an associated @file{.md} instruction\n\
3744 whose C condition is true. @var{mode2} is only meaningful for conversion\n\
3745 optabs; for direct optabs it is a copy of @var{mode1}.\n\
3746 \n\
3747 For example, when called with @var{op} equal to @code{rint_optab} and\n\
3748 @var{mode1} equal to @code{DFmode}, the hook should say whether the\n\
3749 optimizers should use optab @code{rintdf2}.\n\
3750 \n\
3751 The default hook returns true for all inputs.",
3752 bool, (int op, machine_mode mode1, machine_mode mode2,
3753 optimization_type opt_type),
3754 default_optab_supported_p)
3755
3756 /* True for MODE if the target expects that registers in this mode will
3757 be allocated to registers in a small register class. The compiler is
3758 allowed to use registers explicitly used in the rtl as spill registers
3759 but it should prevent extending the lifetime of these registers. */
3760 DEFHOOK
3761 (small_register_classes_for_mode_p,
3762 "Define this to return nonzero for machine modes for which the port has\n\
3763 small register classes. If this target hook returns nonzero for a given\n\
3764 @var{mode}, the compiler will try to minimize the lifetime of registers\n\
3765 in @var{mode}. The hook may be called with @code{VOIDmode} as argument.\n\
3766 In this case, the hook is expected to return nonzero if it returns nonzero\n\
3767 for any mode.\n\
3768 \n\
3769 On some machines, it is risky to let hard registers live across arbitrary\n\
3770 insns. Typically, these machines have instructions that require values\n\
3771 to be in specific registers (like an accumulator), and reload will fail\n\
3772 if the required hard register is used for another purpose across such an\n\
3773 insn.\n\
3774 \n\
3775 Passes before reload do not know which hard registers will be used\n\
3776 in an instruction, but the machine modes of the registers set or used in\n\
3777 the instruction are already known. And for some machines, register\n\
3778 classes are small for, say, integer registers but not for floating point\n\
3779 registers. For example, the AMD x86-64 architecture requires specific\n\
3780 registers for the legacy x86 integer instructions, but there are many\n\
3781 SSE registers for floating point operations. On such targets, a good\n\
3782 strategy may be to return nonzero from this hook for @code{INTEGRAL_MODE_P}\n\
3783 machine modes but zero for the SSE register classes.\n\
3784 \n\
3785 The default version of this hook returns false for any mode. It is always\n\
3786 safe to redefine this hook to return with a nonzero value. But if you\n\
3787 unnecessarily define it, you will reduce the amount of optimizations\n\
3788 that can be performed in some cases. If you do not define this hook\n\
3789 to return a nonzero value when it is required, the compiler will run out\n\
3790 of spill registers and print a fatal error message.",
3791 bool, (machine_mode mode),
3792 hook_bool_mode_false)
3793
3794 /* Register number for a flags register. Only needs to be defined if the
3795 target is constrainted to use post-reload comparison elimination. */
3796 DEFHOOKPOD
3797 (flags_regnum,
3798 "If the target has a dedicated flags register, and it needs to use the\n\
3799 post-reload comparison elimination pass, or the delay slot filler pass,\n\
3800 then this value should be set appropriately.",
3801 unsigned int, INVALID_REGNUM)
3802
3803 /* Compute a (partial) cost for rtx X. Return true if the complete
3804 cost has been computed, and false if subexpressions should be
3805 scanned. In either case, *TOTAL contains the cost result. */
3806 /* Note that OUTER_CODE ought to be RTX_CODE, but that's
3807 not necessarily defined at this point. */
3808 DEFHOOK
3809 (rtx_costs,
3810 "This target hook describes the relative costs of RTL expressions.\n\
3811 \n\
3812 The cost may depend on the precise form of the expression, which is\n\
3813 available for examination in @var{x}, and the fact that @var{x} appears\n\
3814 as operand @var{opno} of an expression with rtx code @var{outer_code}.\n\
3815 That is, the hook can assume that there is some rtx @var{y} such\n\
3816 that @samp{GET_CODE (@var{y}) == @var{outer_code}} and such that\n\
3817 either (a) @samp{XEXP (@var{y}, @var{opno}) == @var{x}} or\n\
3818 (b) @samp{XVEC (@var{y}, @var{opno})} contains @var{x}.\n\
3819 \n\
3820 @var{mode} is @var{x}'s machine mode, or for cases like @code{const_int} that\n\
3821 do not have a mode, the mode in which @var{x} is used.\n\
3822 \n\
3823 In implementing this hook, you can use the construct\n\
3824 @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (@var{n})} to specify a cost equal to @var{n} fast\n\
3825 instructions.\n\
3826 \n\
3827 On entry to the hook, @code{*@var{total}} contains a default estimate\n\
3828 for the cost of the expression. The hook should modify this value as\n\
3829 necessary. Traditionally, the default costs are @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (5)}\n\
3830 for multiplications, @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (7)} for division and modulus\n\
3831 operations, and @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (1)} for all other operations.\n\
3832 \n\
3833 When optimizing for code size, i.e.@: when @code{speed} is\n\
3834 false, this target hook should be used to estimate the relative\n\
3835 size cost of an expression, again relative to @code{COSTS_N_INSNS}.\n\
3836 \n\
3837 The hook returns true when all subexpressions of @var{x} have been\n\
3838 processed, and false when @code{rtx_cost} should recurse.",
3839 bool, (rtx x, machine_mode mode, int outer_code, int opno, int *total, bool speed),
3840 hook_bool_rtx_mode_int_int_intp_bool_false)
3841
3842 /* Compute the cost of X, used as an address. Never called with
3843 invalid addresses. */
3844 DEFHOOK
3845 (address_cost,
3846 "This hook computes the cost of an addressing mode that contains\n\
3847 @var{address}. If not defined, the cost is computed from\n\
3848 the @var{address} expression and the @code{TARGET_RTX_COST} hook.\n\
3849 \n\
3850 For most CISC machines, the default cost is a good approximation of the\n\
3851 true cost of the addressing mode. However, on RISC machines, all\n\
3852 instructions normally have the same length and execution time. Hence\n\
3853 all addresses will have equal costs.\n\
3854 \n\
3855 In cases where more than one form of an address is known, the form with\n\
3856 the lowest cost will be used. If multiple forms have the same, lowest,\n\
3857 cost, the one that is the most complex will be used.\n\
3858 \n\
3859 For example, suppose an address that is equal to the sum of a register\n\
3860 and a constant is used twice in the same basic block. When this macro\n\
3861 is not defined, the address will be computed in a register and memory\n\
3862 references will be indirect through that register. On machines where\n\
3863 the cost of the addressing mode containing the sum is no higher than\n\
3864 that of a simple indirect reference, this will produce an additional\n\
3865 instruction and possibly require an additional register. Proper\n\
3866 specification of this macro eliminates this overhead for such machines.\n\
3867 \n\
3868 This hook is never called with an invalid address.\n\
3869 \n\
3870 On machines where an address involving more than one register is as\n\
3871 cheap as an address computation involving only one register, defining\n\
3872 @code{TARGET_ADDRESS_COST} to reflect this can cause two registers to\n\
3873 be live over a region of code where only one would have been if\n\
3874 @code{TARGET_ADDRESS_COST} were not defined in that manner. This effect\n\
3875 should be considered in the definition of this macro. Equivalent costs\n\
3876 should probably only be given to addresses with different numbers of\n\
3877 registers on machines with lots of registers.",
3878 int, (rtx address, machine_mode mode, addr_space_t as, bool speed),
3879 default_address_cost)
3880
3881 /* Compute a cost for INSN. */
3882 DEFHOOK
3883 (insn_cost,
3884 "This target hook describes the relative costs of RTL instructions.\n\
3885 \n\
3886 In implementing this hook, you can use the construct\n\
3887 @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (@var{n})} to specify a cost equal to @var{n} fast\n\
3888 instructions.\n\
3889 \n\
3890 When optimizing for code size, i.e.@: when @code{speed} is\n\
3891 false, this target hook should be used to estimate the relative\n\
3892 size cost of an expression, again relative to @code{COSTS_N_INSNS}.",
3893 int, (rtx_insn *insn, bool speed), NULL)
3894
3895 /* Give a cost, in RTX Costs units, for an edge. Like BRANCH_COST, but with
3896 well defined units. */
3897 DEFHOOK
3898 (max_noce_ifcvt_seq_cost,
3899 "This hook returns a value in the same units as @code{TARGET_RTX_COSTS},\n\
3900 giving the maximum acceptable cost for a sequence generated by the RTL\n\
3901 if-conversion pass when conditional execution is not available.\n\
3902 The RTL if-conversion pass attempts to convert conditional operations\n\
3903 that would require a branch to a series of unconditional operations and\n\
3904 @code{mov@var{mode}cc} insns. This hook returns the maximum cost of the\n\
3905 unconditional instructions and the @code{mov@var{mode}cc} insns.\n\
3906 RTL if-conversion is cancelled if the cost of the converted sequence\n\
3907 is greater than the value returned by this hook.\n\
3908 \n\
3909 @code{e} is the edge between the basic block containing the conditional\n\
3910 branch to the basic block which would be executed if the condition\n\
3911 were true.\n\
3912 \n\
3913 The default implementation of this hook uses the\n\
3914 @code{max-rtl-if-conversion-[un]predictable} parameters if they are set,\n\
3915 and uses a multiple of @code{BRANCH_COST} otherwise.",
3916 unsigned int, (edge e),
3917 default_max_noce_ifcvt_seq_cost)
3918
3919 /* Return true if the given instruction sequence is a good candidate
3920 as a replacement for the if-convertible sequence. */
3921 DEFHOOK
3922 (noce_conversion_profitable_p,
3923 "This hook returns true if the instruction sequence @code{seq} is a good\n\
3924 candidate as a replacement for the if-convertible sequence described in\n\
3925 @code{if_info}.",
3926 bool, (rtx_insn *seq, struct noce_if_info *if_info),
3927 default_noce_conversion_profitable_p)
3928
3929 /* Return true if new_addr should be preferred over the existing address used by
3930 memref in insn. */
3931 DEFHOOK
3932 (new_address_profitable_p,
3933 "Return @code{true} if it is profitable to replace the address in\n\
3934 @var{memref} with @var{new_addr}. This allows targets to prevent the\n\
3935 scheduler from undoing address optimizations. The instruction containing the\n\
3936 memref is @var{insn}. The default implementation returns @code{true}.",
3937 bool, (rtx memref, rtx_insn * insn, rtx new_addr),
3938 default_new_address_profitable_p)
3939
3940 DEFHOOK
3941 (estimated_poly_value,
3942 "Return an estimate of the runtime value of @var{val}, for use in\n\
3943 things like cost calculations or profiling frequencies. @var{kind} is used\n\
3944 to ask for the minimum, maximum, and likely estimates of the value through\n\
3945 the @code{POLY_VALUE_MIN}, @code{POLY_VALUE_MAX} and\n\
3946 @code{POLY_VALUE_LIKELY} values. The default\n\
3947 implementation returns the lowest possible value of @var{val}.",
3948 HOST_WIDE_INT, (poly_int64 val, poly_value_estimate_kind kind),
3949 default_estimated_poly_value)
3950
3951 /* Permit speculative instructions in delay slots during delayed-branch
3952 scheduling. */
3953 DEFHOOK
3954 (no_speculation_in_delay_slots_p,
3955 "This predicate controls the use of the eager delay slot filler to disallow\n\
3956 speculatively executed instructions being placed in delay slots. Targets\n\
3957 such as certain MIPS architectures possess both branches with and without\n\
3958 delay slots. As the eager delay slot filler can decrease performance,\n\
3959 disabling it is beneficial when ordinary branches are available. Use of\n\
3960 delay slot branches filled using the basic filler is often still desirable\n\
3961 as the delay slot can hide a pipeline bubble.",
3962 bool, (void),
3963 hook_bool_void_false)
3964
3965 /* Return where to allocate pseudo for a given hard register initial value. */
3966 DEFHOOK
3967 (allocate_initial_value,
3968 "\n\
3969 When the initial value of a hard register has been copied in a pseudo\n\
3970 register, it is often not necessary to actually allocate another register\n\
3971 to this pseudo register, because the original hard register or a stack slot\n\
3972 it has been saved into can be used. @code{TARGET_ALLOCATE_INITIAL_VALUE}\n\
3973 is called at the start of register allocation once for each hard register\n\
3974 that had its initial value copied by using\n\
3975 @code{get_func_hard_reg_initial_val} or @code{get_hard_reg_initial_val}.\n\
3976 Possible values are @code{NULL_RTX}, if you don't want\n\
3977 to do any special allocation, a @code{REG} rtx---that would typically be\n\
3978 the hard register itself, if it is known not to be clobbered---or a\n\
3979 @code{MEM}.\n\
3980 If you are returning a @code{MEM}, this is only a hint for the allocator;\n\
3981 it might decide to use another register anyways.\n\
3982 You may use @code{current_function_is_leaf} or \n\
3983 @code{REG_N_SETS} in the hook to determine if the hard\n\
3984 register in question will not be clobbered.\n\
3985 The default value of this hook is @code{NULL}, which disables any special\n\
3986 allocation.",
3987 rtx, (rtx hard_reg), NULL)
3988
3989 /* Return nonzero if evaluating UNSPEC X might cause a trap.
3990 FLAGS has the same meaning as in rtlanal.c: may_trap_p_1. */
3991 DEFHOOK
3992 (unspec_may_trap_p,
3993 "This target hook returns nonzero if @var{x}, an @code{unspec} or\n\
3994 @code{unspec_volatile} operation, might cause a trap. Targets can use\n\
3995 this hook to enhance precision of analysis for @code{unspec} and\n\
3996 @code{unspec_volatile} operations. You may call @code{may_trap_p_1}\n\
3997 to analyze inner elements of @var{x} in which case @var{flags} should be\n\
3998 passed along.",
3999 int, (const_rtx x, unsigned flags),
4000 default_unspec_may_trap_p)
4001
4002 /* Given a register, this hook should return a parallel of registers
4003 to represent where to find the register pieces. Define this hook
4004 if the register and its mode are represented in Dwarf in
4005 non-contiguous locations, or if the register should be
4006 represented in more than one register in Dwarf. Otherwise, this
4007 hook should return NULL_RTX. */
4008 DEFHOOK
4009 (dwarf_register_span,
4010 "Given a register, this hook should return a parallel of registers to\n\
4011 represent where to find the register pieces. Define this hook if the\n\
4012 register and its mode are represented in Dwarf in non-contiguous\n\
4013 locations, or if the register should be represented in more than one\n\
4014 register in Dwarf. Otherwise, this hook should return @code{NULL_RTX}.\n\
4015 If not defined, the default is to return @code{NULL_RTX}.",
4016 rtx, (rtx reg),
4017 hook_rtx_rtx_null)
4018
4019 /* Given a register return the mode of the corresponding DWARF frame
4020 register. */
4021 DEFHOOK
4022 (dwarf_frame_reg_mode,
4023 "Given a register, this hook should return the mode which the\n\
4024 corresponding Dwarf frame register should have. This is normally\n\
4025 used to return a smaller mode than the raw mode to prevent call\n\
4026 clobbered parts of a register altering the frame register size",
4027 machine_mode, (int regno),
4028 default_dwarf_frame_reg_mode)
4029
4030 /* If expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes needs to fill in table
4031 entries not corresponding directly to registers below
4032 FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER, this hook should generate the necessary
4033 code, given the address of the table. */
4034 DEFHOOK
4035 (init_dwarf_reg_sizes_extra,
4036 "If some registers are represented in Dwarf-2 unwind information in\n\
4037 multiple pieces, define this hook to fill in information about the\n\
4038 sizes of those pieces in the table used by the unwinder at runtime.\n\
4039 It will be called by @code{expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes} after\n\
4040 filling in a single size corresponding to each hard register;\n\
4041 @var{address} is the address of the table.",
4042 void, (tree address),
4043 hook_void_tree)
4044
4045 /* Fetch the fixed register(s) which hold condition codes, for
4046 targets where it makes sense to look for duplicate assignments to
4047 the condition codes. This should return true if there is such a
4048 register, false otherwise. The arguments should be set to the
4049 fixed register numbers. Up to two condition code registers are
4050 supported. If there is only one for this target, the int pointed
4051 at by the second argument should be set to -1. */
4052 DEFHOOK
4053 (fixed_condition_code_regs,
4054 "On targets which use a hard\n\
4055 register rather than a pseudo-register to hold condition codes, the\n\
4056 regular CSE passes are often not able to identify cases in which the\n\
4057 hard register is set to a common value. Use this hook to enable a\n\
4058 small pass which optimizes such cases. This hook should return true\n\
4059 to enable this pass, and it should set the integers to which its\n\
4060 arguments point to the hard register numbers used for condition codes.\n\
4061 When there is only one such register, as is true on most systems, the\n\
4062 integer pointed to by @var{p2} should be set to\n\
4063 @code{INVALID_REGNUM}.\n\
4064 \n\
4065 The default version of this hook returns false.",
4066 bool, (unsigned int *p1, unsigned int *p2),
4067 hook_bool_uintp_uintp_false)
4068
4069 /* If two condition code modes are compatible, return a condition
4070 code mode which is compatible with both, such that a comparison
4071 done in the returned mode will work for both of the original
4072 modes. If the condition code modes are not compatible, return
4073 VOIDmode. */
4074 DEFHOOK
4075 (cc_modes_compatible,
4076 "On targets which use multiple condition code modes in class\n\
4077 @code{MODE_CC}, it is sometimes the case that a comparison can be\n\
4078 validly done in more than one mode. On such a system, define this\n\
4079 target hook to take two mode arguments and to return a mode in which\n\
4080 both comparisons may be validly done. If there is no such mode,\n\
4081 return @code{VOIDmode}.\n\
4082 \n\
4083 The default version of this hook checks whether the modes are the\n\
4084 same. If they are, it returns that mode. If they are different, it\n\
4085 returns @code{VOIDmode}.",
4086 machine_mode, (machine_mode m1, machine_mode m2),
4087 default_cc_modes_compatible)
4088
4089 /* Do machine-dependent code transformations. Called just before
4090 delayed-branch scheduling. */
4091 DEFHOOK
4092 (machine_dependent_reorg,
4093 "If non-null, this hook performs a target-specific pass over the\n\
4094 instruction stream. The compiler will run it at all optimization levels,\n\
4095 just before the point at which it normally does delayed-branch scheduling.\n\
4096 \n\
4097 The exact purpose of the hook varies from target to target. Some use\n\
4098 it to do transformations that are necessary for correctness, such as\n\
4099 laying out in-function constant pools or avoiding hardware hazards.\n\
4100 Others use it as an opportunity to do some machine-dependent optimizations.\n\
4101 \n\
4102 You need not implement the hook if it has nothing to do. The default\n\
4103 definition is null.",
4104 void, (void), NULL)
4105
4106 /* Create the __builtin_va_list type. */
4107 DEFHOOK
4108 (build_builtin_va_list,
4109 "This hook returns a type node for @code{va_list} for the target.\n\
4110 The default version of the hook returns @code{void*}.",
4111 tree, (void),
4112 std_build_builtin_va_list)
4113
4114 /* Enumerate the va list variants. */
4115 DEFHOOK
4116 (enum_va_list_p,
4117 "This target hook is used in function @code{c_common_nodes_and_builtins}\n\
4118 to iterate through the target specific builtin types for va_list. The\n\
4119 variable @var{idx} is used as iterator. @var{pname} has to be a pointer\n\
4120 to a @code{const char *} and @var{ptree} a pointer to a @code{tree} typed\n\
4121 variable.\n\
4122 The arguments @var{pname} and @var{ptree} are used to store the result of\n\
4123 this macro and are set to the name of the va_list builtin type and its\n\
4124 internal type.\n\
4125 If the return value of this macro is zero, then there is no more element.\n\
4126 Otherwise the @var{IDX} should be increased for the next call of this\n\
4127 macro to iterate through all types.",
4128 int, (int idx, const char **pname, tree *ptree),
4129 NULL)
4130
4131 /* Get the cfun/fndecl calling abi __builtin_va_list type. */
4132 DEFHOOK
4133 (fn_abi_va_list,
4134 "This hook returns the va_list type of the calling convention specified by\n\
4135 @var{fndecl}.\n\
4136 The default version of this hook returns @code{va_list_type_node}.",
4137 tree, (tree fndecl),
4138 std_fn_abi_va_list)
4139
4140 /* Get the __builtin_va_list type dependent on input type. */
4141 DEFHOOK
4142 (canonical_va_list_type,
4143 "This hook returns the va_list type of the calling convention specified by the\n\
4144 type of @var{type}. If @var{type} is not a valid va_list type, it returns\n\
4145 @code{NULL_TREE}.",
4146 tree, (tree type),
4147 std_canonical_va_list_type)
4148
4149 /* ??? Documenting this hook requires a GFDL license grant. */
4150 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
4151 (expand_builtin_va_start,
4152 "Expand the @code{__builtin_va_start} builtin.",
4153 void, (tree valist, rtx nextarg), NULL)
4154
4155 /* Gimplifies a VA_ARG_EXPR. */
4156 DEFHOOK
4157 (gimplify_va_arg_expr,
4158 "This hook performs target-specific gimplification of\n\
4159 @code{VA_ARG_EXPR}. The first two parameters correspond to the\n\
4160 arguments to @code{va_arg}; the latter two are as in\n\
4161 @code{gimplify.c:gimplify_expr}.",
4162 tree, (tree valist, tree type, gimple_seq *pre_p, gimple_seq *post_p),
4163 std_gimplify_va_arg_expr)
4164
4165 /* Validity-checking routines for PCH files, target-specific.
4166 get_pch_validity returns a pointer to the data to be stored,
4167 and stores the size in its argument. pch_valid_p gets the same
4168 information back and returns NULL if the PCH is valid,
4169 or an error message if not. */
4170 DEFHOOK
4171 (get_pch_validity,
4172 "This hook returns a pointer to the data needed by\n\
4173 @code{TARGET_PCH_VALID_P} and sets\n\
4174 @samp{*@var{sz}} to the size of the data in bytes.",
4175 void *, (size_t *sz),
4176 default_get_pch_validity)
4177
4178 DEFHOOK
4179 (pch_valid_p,
4180 "This hook checks whether the options used to create a PCH file are\n\
4181 compatible with the current settings. It returns @code{NULL}\n\
4182 if so and a suitable error message if not. Error messages will\n\
4183 be presented to the user and must be localized using @samp{_(@var{msg})}.\n\
4184 \n\
4185 @var{data} is the data that was returned by @code{TARGET_GET_PCH_VALIDITY}\n\
4186 when the PCH file was created and @var{sz} is the size of that data in bytes.\n\
4187 It's safe to assume that the data was created by the same version of the\n\
4188 compiler, so no format checking is needed.\n\
4189 \n\
4190 The default definition of @code{default_pch_valid_p} should be\n\
4191 suitable for most targets.",
4192 const char *, (const void *data, size_t sz),
4193 default_pch_valid_p)
4194
4195 DEFHOOK
4196 (prepare_pch_save,
4197 "Called before writing out a PCH file. If the target has some\n\
4198 garbage-collected data that needs to be in a particular state on PCH loads,\n\
4199 it can use this hook to enforce that state. Very few targets need\n\
4200 to do anything here.",
4201 void, (void),
4202 hook_void_void)
4203
4204 /* If nonnull, this function checks whether a PCH file with the
4205 given set of target flags can be used. It returns NULL if so,
4206 otherwise it returns an error message. */
4207 DEFHOOK
4208 (check_pch_target_flags,
4209 "If this hook is nonnull, the default implementation of\n\
4210 @code{TARGET_PCH_VALID_P} will use it to check for compatible values\n\
4211 of @code{target_flags}. @var{pch_flags} specifies the value that\n\
4212 @code{target_flags} had when the PCH file was created. The return\n\
4213 value is the same as for @code{TARGET_PCH_VALID_P}.",
4214 const char *, (int pch_flags), NULL)
4215
4216 /* True if the compiler should give an enum type only as many
4217 bytes as it takes to represent the range of possible values of
4218 that type. */
4219 DEFHOOK
4220 (default_short_enums,
4221 "This target hook should return true if the compiler should give an\n\
4222 @code{enum} type only as many bytes as it takes to represent the range\n\
4223 of possible values of that type. It should return false if all\n\
4224 @code{enum} types should be allocated like @code{int}.\n\
4225 \n\
4226 The default is to return false.",
4227 bool, (void),
4228 hook_bool_void_false)
4229
4230 /* This target hook returns an rtx that is used to store the address
4231 of the current frame into the built-in setjmp buffer. */
4232 DEFHOOK
4233 (builtin_setjmp_frame_value,
4234 "This target hook should return an rtx that is used to store\n\
4235 the address of the current frame into the built in @code{setjmp} buffer.\n\
4236 The default value, @code{virtual_stack_vars_rtx}, is correct for most\n\
4237 machines. One reason you may need to define this target hook is if\n\
4238 @code{hard_frame_pointer_rtx} is the appropriate value on your machine.",
4239 rtx, (void),
4240 default_builtin_setjmp_frame_value)
4241
4242 /* This target hook should manipulate the outputs, inputs, constraints,
4243 and clobbers the port wishes for pre-processing the asm. */
4244 DEFHOOK
4245 (md_asm_adjust,
4246 "This target hook may add @dfn{clobbers} to @var{clobbers} and\n\
4247 @var{clobbered_regs} for any hard regs the port wishes to automatically\n\
4248 clobber for an asm. The @var{outputs} and @var{inputs} may be inspected\n\
4249 to avoid clobbering a register that is already used by the asm. @var{loc}\n\
4250 is the source location of the asm.\n\
4251 \n\
4252 It may modify the @var{outputs}, @var{inputs}, @var{input_modes}, and\n\
4253 @var{constraints} as necessary for other pre-processing. In this case the\n\
4254 return value is a sequence of insns to emit after the asm. Note that\n\
4255 changes to @var{inputs} must be accompanied by the corresponding changes\n\
4256 to @var{input_modes}.",
4257 rtx_insn *,
4258 (vec<rtx>& outputs, vec<rtx>& inputs, vec<machine_mode>& input_modes,
4259 vec<const char *>& constraints, vec<rtx>& clobbers,
4260 HARD_REG_SET& clobbered_regs, location_t loc),
4261 NULL)
4262
4263 /* This target hook allows the backend to specify a calling convention
4264 in the debug information. This function actually returns an
4265 enum dwarf_calling_convention, but because of forward declarations
4266 and not wanting to include dwarf2.h everywhere target.h is included
4267 the function is being declared as an int. */
4268 DEFHOOK
4269 (dwarf_calling_convention,
4270 "Define this to enable the dwarf attribute @code{DW_AT_calling_convention} to\n\
4271 be emitted for each function. Instead of an integer return the enum\n\
4272 value for the @code{DW_CC_} tag.",
4273 int, (const_tree function),
4274 hook_int_const_tree_0)
4275
4276 /* This target hook allows the backend to emit frame-related insns that
4277 contain UNSPECs or UNSPEC_VOLATILEs. The call frame debugging info
4278 engine will invoke it on insns of the form
4279 (set (reg) (unspec [...] UNSPEC_INDEX))
4280 and
4281 (set (reg) (unspec_volatile [...] UNSPECV_INDEX))
4282 to let the backend emit the call frame instructions. */
4283 DEFHOOK
4284 (dwarf_handle_frame_unspec,
4285 "This target hook allows the backend to emit frame-related insns that\n\
4286 contain UNSPECs or UNSPEC_VOLATILEs. The DWARF 2 call frame debugging\n\
4287 info engine will invoke it on insns of the form\n\
4288 @smallexample\n\
4289 (set (reg) (unspec [@dots{}] UNSPEC_INDEX))\n\
4290 @end smallexample\n\
4291 and\n\
4292 @smallexample\n\
4293 (set (reg) (unspec_volatile [@dots{}] UNSPECV_INDEX)).\n\
4294 @end smallexample\n\
4295 to let the backend emit the call frame instructions. @var{label} is\n\
4296 the CFI label attached to the insn, @var{pattern} is the pattern of\n\
4297 the insn and @var{index} is @code{UNSPEC_INDEX} or @code{UNSPECV_INDEX}.",
4298 void, (const char *label, rtx pattern, int index), NULL)
4299
4300 DEFHOOK
4301 (dwarf_poly_indeterminate_value,
4302 "Express the value of @code{poly_int} indeterminate @var{i} as a DWARF\n\
4303 expression, with @var{i} counting from 1. Return the number of a DWARF\n\
4304 register @var{R} and set @samp{*@var{factor}} and @samp{*@var{offset}} such\n\
4305 that the value of the indeterminate is:\n\
4306 @smallexample\n\
4307 value_of(@var{R}) / @var{factor} - @var{offset}\n\
4308 @end smallexample\n\
4309 \n\
4310 A target only needs to define this hook if it sets\n\
4311 @samp{NUM_POLY_INT_COEFFS} to a value greater than 1.",
4312 unsigned int, (unsigned int i, unsigned int *factor, int *offset),
4313 default_dwarf_poly_indeterminate_value)
4314
4315 /* ??? Documenting this hook requires a GFDL license grant. */
4316 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
4317 (stdarg_optimize_hook,
4318 "Perform architecture specific checking of statements gimplified\
4319 from @code{VA_ARG_EXPR}. @var{stmt} is the statement. Returns true if\
4320 the statement doesn't need to be checked for @code{va_list} references.",
4321 bool, (struct stdarg_info *ai, const gimple *stmt), NULL)
4322
4323 /* This target hook allows the operating system to override the DECL
4324 that represents the external variable that contains the stack
4325 protection guard variable. The type of this DECL is ptr_type_node. */
4326 DEFHOOK
4327 (stack_protect_guard,
4328 "This hook returns a @code{DECL} node for the external variable to use\n\
4329 for the stack protection guard. This variable is initialized by the\n\
4330 runtime to some random value and is used to initialize the guard value\n\
4331 that is placed at the top of the local stack frame. The type of this\n\
4332 variable must be @code{ptr_type_node}.\n\
4333 \n\
4334 The default version of this hook creates a variable called\n\
4335 @samp{__stack_chk_guard}, which is normally defined in @file{libgcc2.c}.",
4336 tree, (void),
4337 default_stack_protect_guard)
4338
4339 /* This target hook allows the operating system to override the CALL_EXPR
4340 that is invoked when a check vs the guard variable fails. */
4341 DEFHOOK
4342 (stack_protect_fail,
4343 "This hook returns a @code{CALL_EXPR} that alerts the runtime that the\n\
4344 stack protect guard variable has been modified. This expression should\n\
4345 involve a call to a @code{noreturn} function.\n\
4346 \n\
4347 The default version of this hook invokes a function called\n\
4348 @samp{__stack_chk_fail}, taking no arguments. This function is\n\
4349 normally defined in @file{libgcc2.c}.",
4350 tree, (void),
4351 default_external_stack_protect_fail)
4352
4353 /* This target hook allows the operating system to disable the default stack
4354 protector runtime support. */
4355 DEFHOOK
4356 (stack_protect_runtime_enabled_p,
4357 "Returns true if the target wants GCC's default stack protect runtime support,\n\
4358 otherwise return false. The default implementation always returns true.",
4359 bool, (void),
4360 hook_bool_void_true)
4361
4362 DEFHOOK
4363 (have_speculation_safe_value,
4364 "This hook is used to determine the level of target support for\n\
4365 @code{__builtin_speculation_safe_value}. If called with an argument\n\
4366 of false, it returns true if the target has been modified to support\n\
4367 this builtin. If called with an argument of true, it returns true\n\
4368 if the target requires active mitigation execution might be speculative.\n\
4369 \n\
4370 The default implementation returns false if the target does not define\n\
4371 a pattern named @code{speculation_barrier}. Else it returns true\n\
4372 for the first case and whether the pattern is enabled for the current\n\
4373 compilation for the second case.\n\
4374 \n\
4375 For targets that have no processors that can execute instructions\n\
4376 speculatively an alternative implemenation of this hook is available:\n\
4377 simply redefine this hook to @code{speculation_safe_value_not_needed}\n\
4378 along with your other target hooks.",
4379 bool, (bool active), default_have_speculation_safe_value)
4380
4381 DEFHOOK
4382 (speculation_safe_value,
4383 "This target hook can be used to generate a target-specific code\n\
4384 sequence that implements the @code{__builtin_speculation_safe_value}\n\
4385 built-in function. The function must always return @var{val} in\n\
4386 @var{result} in mode @var{mode} when the cpu is not executing\n\
4387 speculatively, but must never return that when speculating until it\n\
4388 is known that the speculation will not be unwound. The hook supports\n\
4389 two primary mechanisms for implementing the requirements. The first\n\
4390 is to emit a speculation barrier which forces the processor to wait\n\
4391 until all prior speculative operations have been resolved; the second\n\
4392 is to use a target-specific mechanism that can track the speculation\n\
4393 state and to return @var{failval} if it can determine that\n\
4394 speculation must be unwound at a later time.\n\
4395 \n\
4396 The default implementation simply copies @var{val} to @var{result} and\n\
4397 emits a @code{speculation_barrier} instruction if that is defined.",
4398 rtx, (machine_mode mode, rtx result, rtx val, rtx failval),
4399 default_speculation_safe_value)
4400
4401 DEFHOOK
4402 (predict_doloop_p,
4403 "Return true if we can predict it is possible to use a low-overhead loop\n\
4404 for a particular loop. The parameter @var{loop} is a pointer to the loop.\n\
4405 This target hook is required only when the target supports low-overhead\n\
4406 loops, and will help ivopts to make some decisions.\n\
4407 The default version of this hook returns false.",
4408 bool, (class loop *loop),
4409 default_predict_doloop_p)
4410
4411 DEFHOOKPOD
4412 (have_count_reg_decr_p,
4413 "Return true if the target supports hardware count register for decrement\n\
4414 and branch.\n\
4415 The default value is false.",
4416 bool, false)
4417
4418 DEFHOOKPOD
4419 (doloop_cost_for_generic,
4420 "One IV candidate dedicated for doloop is introduced in IVOPTs, we can\n\
4421 calculate the computation cost of adopting it to any generic IV use by\n\
4422 function get_computation_cost as before. But for targets which have\n\
4423 hardware count register support for decrement and branch, it may have to\n\
4424 move IV value from hardware count register to general purpose register\n\
4425 while doloop IV candidate is used for generic IV uses. It probably takes\n\
4426 expensive penalty. This hook allows target owners to define the cost for\n\
4427 this especially for generic IV uses.\n\
4428 The default value is zero.",
4429 int64_t, 0)
4430
4431 DEFHOOKPOD
4432 (doloop_cost_for_address,
4433 "One IV candidate dedicated for doloop is introduced in IVOPTs, we can\n\
4434 calculate the computation cost of adopting it to any address IV use by\n\
4435 function get_computation_cost as before. But for targets which have\n\
4436 hardware count register support for decrement and branch, it may have to\n\
4437 move IV value from hardware count register to general purpose register\n\
4438 while doloop IV candidate is used for address IV uses. It probably takes\n\
4439 expensive penalty. This hook allows target owners to define the cost for\n\
4440 this escpecially for address IV uses.\n\
4441 The default value is zero.",
4442 int64_t, 0)
4443
4444 DEFHOOK
4445 (can_use_doloop_p,
4446 "Return true if it is possible to use low-overhead loops (@code{doloop_end}\n\
4447 and @code{doloop_begin}) for a particular loop. @var{iterations} gives the\n\
4448 exact number of iterations, or 0 if not known. @var{iterations_max} gives\n\
4449 the maximum number of iterations, or 0 if not known. @var{loop_depth} is\n\
4450 the nesting depth of the loop, with 1 for innermost loops, 2 for loops that\n\
4451 contain innermost loops, and so on. @var{entered_at_top} is true if the\n\
4452 loop is only entered from the top.\n\
4453 \n\
4454 This hook is only used if @code{doloop_end} is available. The default\n\
4455 implementation returns true. You can use @code{can_use_doloop_if_innermost}\n\
4456 if the loop must be the innermost, and if there are no other restrictions.",
4457 bool, (const widest_int &iterations, const widest_int &iterations_max,
4458 unsigned int loop_depth, bool entered_at_top),
4459 hook_bool_wint_wint_uint_bool_true)
4460
4461 /* Returns NULL if target supports the insn within a doloop block,
4462 otherwise it returns an error message. */
4463 DEFHOOK
4464 (invalid_within_doloop,
4465 "\n\
4466 Take an instruction in @var{insn} and return NULL if it is valid within a\n\
4467 low-overhead loop, otherwise return a string explaining why doloop\n\
4468 could not be applied.\n\
4469 \n\
4470 Many targets use special registers for low-overhead looping. For any\n\
4471 instruction that clobbers these this function should return a string indicating\n\
4472 the reason why the doloop could not be applied.\n\
4473 By default, the RTL loop optimizer does not use a present doloop pattern for\n\
4474 loops containing function calls or branch on table instructions.",
4475 const char *, (const rtx_insn *insn),
4476 default_invalid_within_doloop)
4477
4478 /* Returns the machine mode which the target prefers for doloop IV. */
4479 DEFHOOK
4480 (preferred_doloop_mode,
4481 "This hook takes a @var{mode} for a doloop IV, where @code{mode} is the\n\
4482 original mode for the operation. If the target prefers an alternate\n\
4483 @code{mode} for the operation, then this hook should return that mode;\n\
4484 otherwise the original @code{mode} should be returned. For example, on a\n\
4485 64-bit target, @code{DImode} might be preferred over @code{SImode}. Both the\n\
4486 original and the returned modes should be @code{MODE_INT}.",
4487 machine_mode,
4488 (machine_mode mode),
4489 default_preferred_doloop_mode)
4490
4491 /* Returns true for a legitimate combined insn. */
4492 DEFHOOK
4493 (legitimate_combined_insn,
4494 "Take an instruction in @var{insn} and return @code{false} if the instruction\n\
4495 is not appropriate as a combination of two or more instructions. The\n\
4496 default is to accept all instructions.",
4497 bool, (rtx_insn *insn),
4498 hook_bool_rtx_insn_true)
4499
4500 DEFHOOK
4501 (valid_dllimport_attribute_p,
4502 "@var{decl} is a variable or function with @code{__attribute__((dllimport))}\n\
4503 specified. Use this hook if the target needs to add extra validation\n\
4504 checks to @code{handle_dll_attribute}.",
4505 bool, (const_tree decl),
4506 hook_bool_const_tree_true)
4507
4508 /* If non-zero, align constant anchors in CSE to a multiple of this
4509 value. */
4510 DEFHOOKPOD
4511 (const_anchor,
4512 "On some architectures it can take multiple instructions to synthesize\n\
4513 a constant. If there is another constant already in a register that\n\
4514 is close enough in value then it is preferable that the new constant\n\
4515 is computed from this register using immediate addition or\n\
4516 subtraction. We accomplish this through CSE. Besides the value of\n\
4517 the constant we also add a lower and an upper constant anchor to the\n\
4518 available expressions. These are then queried when encountering new\n\
4519 constants. The anchors are computed by rounding the constant up and\n\
4520 down to a multiple of the value of @code{TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR}.\n\
4521 @code{TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR} should be the maximum positive value\n\
4522 accepted by immediate-add plus one. We currently assume that the\n\
4523 value of @code{TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR} is a power of 2. For example, on\n\
4524 MIPS, where add-immediate takes a 16-bit signed value,\n\
4525 @code{TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR} is set to @samp{0x8000}. The default value\n\
4526 is zero, which disables this optimization.",
4527 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, 0)
4528
4529 /* Defines, which target-dependent bits (upper 16) are used by port */
4530 DEFHOOK
4531 (memmodel_check,
4532 "Validate target specific memory model mask bits. When NULL no target specific\n\
4533 memory model bits are allowed.",
4534 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT val), NULL)
4535
4536 /* Defines an offset bitwise ored into shifted address to get corresponding
4537 Address Sanitizer shadow address, or -1 if Address Sanitizer is not
4538 supported by the target. */
4539 DEFHOOK
4540 (asan_shadow_offset,
4541 "Return the offset bitwise ored into shifted address to get corresponding\n\
4542 Address Sanitizer shadow memory address. NULL if Address Sanitizer is not\n\
4543 supported by the target. May return 0 if Address Sanitizer is not supported\n\
4544 by a subtarget.",
4545 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, (void),
4546 NULL)
4547
4548 /* Functions relating to calls - argument passing, returns, etc. */
4549 /* Members of struct call have no special macro prefix. */
4550 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_CALLS, calls)
4551
4552 DEFHOOK
4553 (promote_function_mode,
4554 "Like @code{PROMOTE_MODE}, but it is applied to outgoing function arguments or\n\
4555 function return values. The target hook should return the new mode\n\
4556 and possibly change @code{*@var{punsignedp}} if the promotion should\n\
4557 change signedness. This function is called only for scalar @emph{or\n\
4558 pointer} types.\n\
4559 \n\
4560 @var{for_return} allows to distinguish the promotion of arguments and\n\
4561 return values. If it is @code{1}, a return value is being promoted and\n\
4562 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} must perform the same promotions done here.\n\
4563 If it is @code{2}, the returned mode should be that of the register in\n\
4564 which an incoming parameter is copied, or the outgoing result is computed;\n\
4565 then the hook should return the same mode as @code{promote_mode}, though\n\
4566 the signedness may be different.\n\
4567 \n\
4568 @var{type} can be NULL when promoting function arguments of libcalls.\n\
4569 \n\
4570 The default is to not promote arguments and return values. You can\n\
4571 also define the hook to @code{default_promote_function_mode_always_promote}\n\
4572 if you would like to apply the same rules given by @code{PROMOTE_MODE}.",
4573 machine_mode, (const_tree type, machine_mode mode, int *punsignedp,
4574 const_tree funtype, int for_return),
4575 default_promote_function_mode)
4576
4577 DEFHOOK
4578 (promote_prototypes,
4579 "This target hook returns @code{true} if an argument declared in a\n\
4580 prototype as an integral type smaller than @code{int} should actually be\n\
4581 passed as an @code{int}. In addition to avoiding errors in certain\n\
4582 cases of mismatch, it also makes for better code on certain machines.\n\
4583 The default is to not promote prototypes.",
4584 bool, (const_tree fntype),
4585 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
4586
4587 DEFHOOK
4588 (struct_value_rtx,
4589 "This target hook should return the location of the structure value\n\
4590 address (normally a @code{mem} or @code{reg}), or 0 if the address is\n\
4591 passed as an ``invisible'' first argument. Note that @var{fndecl} may\n\
4592 be @code{NULL}, for libcalls. You do not need to define this target\n\
4593 hook if the address is always passed as an ``invisible'' first\n\
4594 argument.\n\
4595 \n\
4596 On some architectures the place where the structure value address\n\
4597 is found by the called function is not the same place that the\n\
4598 caller put it. This can be due to register windows, or it could\n\
4599 be because the function prologue moves it to a different place.\n\
4600 @var{incoming} is @code{1} or @code{2} when the location is needed in\n\
4601 the context of the called function, and @code{0} in the context of\n\
4602 the caller.\n\
4603 \n\
4604 If @var{incoming} is nonzero and the address is to be found on the\n\
4605 stack, return a @code{mem} which refers to the frame pointer. If\n\
4606 @var{incoming} is @code{2}, the result is being used to fetch the\n\
4607 structure value address at the beginning of a function. If you need\n\
4608 to emit adjusting code, you should do it at this point.",
4609 rtx, (tree fndecl, int incoming),
4610 hook_rtx_tree_int_null)
4611
4612 DEFHOOKPOD
4613 (omit_struct_return_reg,
4614 "Normally, when a function returns a structure by memory, the address\n\
4615 is passed as an invisible pointer argument, but the compiler also\n\
4616 arranges to return the address from the function like it would a normal\n\
4617 pointer return value. Define this to true if that behavior is\n\
4618 undesirable on your target.",
4619 bool, false)
4620
4621 DEFHOOK
4622 (return_in_memory,
4623 "This target hook should return a nonzero value to say to return the\n\
4624 function value in memory, just as large structures are always returned.\n\
4625 Here @var{type} will be the data type of the value, and @var{fntype}\n\
4626 will be the type of the function doing the returning, or @code{NULL} for\n\
4627 libcalls.\n\
4628 \n\
4629 Note that values of mode @code{BLKmode} must be explicitly handled\n\
4630 by this function. Also, the option @option{-fpcc-struct-return}\n\
4631 takes effect regardless of this macro. On most systems, it is\n\
4632 possible to leave the hook undefined; this causes a default\n\
4633 definition to be used, whose value is the constant 1 for @code{BLKmode}\n\
4634 values, and 0 otherwise.\n\
4635 \n\
4636 Do not use this hook to indicate that structures and unions should always\n\
4637 be returned in memory. You should instead use @code{DEFAULT_PCC_STRUCT_RETURN}\n\
4638 to indicate this.",
4639 bool, (const_tree type, const_tree fntype),
4640 default_return_in_memory)
4641
4642 DEFHOOK
4643 (return_in_msb,
4644 "This hook should return true if values of type @var{type} are returned\n\
4645 at the most significant end of a register (in other words, if they are\n\
4646 padded at the least significant end). You can assume that @var{type}\n\
4647 is returned in a register; the caller is required to check this.\n\
4648 \n\
4649 Note that the register provided by @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} must\n\
4650 be able to hold the complete return value. For example, if a 1-, 2-\n\
4651 or 3-byte structure is returned at the most significant end of a\n\
4652 4-byte register, @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} should provide an\n\
4653 @code{SImode} rtx.",
4654 bool, (const_tree type),
4655 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
4656
4657 /* Return true if a parameter must be passed by reference. TYPE may
4658 be null if this is a libcall. CA may be null if this query is
4659 from __builtin_va_arg. */
4660 DEFHOOK
4661 (pass_by_reference,
4662 "This target hook should return @code{true} if argument @var{arg} at the\n\
4663 position indicated by @var{cum} should be passed by reference. This\n\
4664 predicate is queried after target independent reasons for being\n\
4665 passed by reference, such as @code{TREE_ADDRESSABLE (@var{arg}.type)}.\n\
4666 \n\
4667 If the hook returns true, a copy of that argument is made in memory and a\n\
4668 pointer to the argument is passed instead of the argument itself.\n\
4669 The pointer is passed in whatever way is appropriate for passing a pointer\n\
4670 to that type.",
4671 bool,
4672 (cumulative_args_t cum, const function_arg_info &arg),
4673 hook_bool_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_arg_info_false)
4674
4675 DEFHOOK
4676 (expand_builtin_saveregs,
4677 "If defined, this hook produces the machine-specific code for a call to\n\
4678 @code{__builtin_saveregs}. This code will be moved to the very\n\
4679 beginning of the function, before any parameter access are made. The\n\
4680 return value of this function should be an RTX that contains the value\n\
4681 to use as the return of @code{__builtin_saveregs}.",
4682 rtx, (void),
4683 default_expand_builtin_saveregs)
4684
4685 /* Returns pretend_argument_size. */
4686 DEFHOOK
4687 (setup_incoming_varargs,
4688 "This target hook offers an alternative to using\n\
4689 @code{__builtin_saveregs} and defining the hook\n\
4690 @code{TARGET_EXPAND_BUILTIN_SAVEREGS}. Use it to store the anonymous\n\
4691 register arguments into the stack so that all the arguments appear to\n\
4692 have been passed consecutively on the stack. Once this is done, you can\n\
4693 use the standard implementation of varargs that works for machines that\n\
4694 pass all their arguments on the stack.\n\
4695 \n\
4696 The argument @var{args_so_far} points to the @code{CUMULATIVE_ARGS} data\n\
4697 structure, containing the values that are obtained after processing the\n\
4698 named arguments. The argument @var{arg} describes the last of these named\n\
4699 arguments.\n\
4700 \n\
4701 The target hook should do two things: first, push onto the stack all the\n\
4702 argument registers @emph{not} used for the named arguments, and second,\n\
4703 store the size of the data thus pushed into the @code{int}-valued\n\
4704 variable pointed to by @var{pretend_args_size}. The value that you\n\
4705 store here will serve as additional offset for setting up the stack\n\
4706 frame.\n\
4707 \n\
4708 Because you must generate code to push the anonymous arguments at\n\
4709 compile time without knowing their data types,\n\
4710 @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} is only useful on machines that\n\
4711 have just a single category of argument register and use it uniformly\n\
4712 for all data types.\n\
4713 \n\
4714 If the argument @var{second_time} is nonzero, it means that the\n\
4715 arguments of the function are being analyzed for the second time. This\n\
4716 happens for an inline function, which is not actually compiled until the\n\
4717 end of the source file. The hook @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} should\n\
4718 not generate any instructions in this case.",
4719 void, (cumulative_args_t args_so_far, const function_arg_info &arg,
4720 int *pretend_args_size, int second_time),
4721 default_setup_incoming_varargs)
4722
4723 DEFHOOK
4724 (load_bounds_for_arg,
4725 "This hook is used by expand pass to emit insn to load bounds of\n\
4726 @var{arg} passed in @var{slot}. Expand pass uses this hook in case\n\
4727 bounds of @var{arg} are not passed in register. If @var{slot} is a\n\
4728 memory, then bounds are loaded as for regular pointer loaded from\n\
4729 memory. If @var{slot} is not a memory then @var{slot_no} is an integer\n\
4730 constant holding number of the target dependent special slot which\n\
4731 should be used to obtain bounds. Hook returns RTX holding loaded bounds.",
4732 rtx, (rtx slot, rtx arg, rtx slot_no),
4733 default_load_bounds_for_arg)
4734
4735 DEFHOOK
4736 (store_bounds_for_arg,
4737 "This hook is used by expand pass to emit insns to store @var{bounds} of\n\
4738 @var{arg} passed in @var{slot}. Expand pass uses this hook in case\n\
4739 @var{bounds} of @var{arg} are not passed in register. If @var{slot} is a\n\
4740 memory, then @var{bounds} are stored as for regular pointer stored in\n\
4741 memory. If @var{slot} is not a memory then @var{slot_no} is an integer\n\
4742 constant holding number of the target dependent special slot which\n\
4743 should be used to store @var{bounds}.",
4744 void, (rtx arg, rtx slot, rtx bounds, rtx slot_no),
4745 default_store_bounds_for_arg)
4746
4747 DEFHOOK
4748 (load_returned_bounds,
4749 "This hook is used by expand pass to emit insn to load bounds\n\
4750 returned by function call in @var{slot}. Hook returns RTX holding\n\
4751 loaded bounds.",
4752 rtx, (rtx slot),
4753 default_load_returned_bounds)
4754
4755 DEFHOOK
4756 (store_returned_bounds,
4757 "This hook is used by expand pass to emit insn to store @var{bounds}\n\
4758 returned by function call into @var{slot}.",
4759 void, (rtx slot, rtx bounds),
4760 default_store_returned_bounds)
4761
4762 DEFHOOK
4763 (call_args,
4764 "While generating RTL for a function call, this target hook is invoked once\n\
4765 for each argument passed to the function, either a register returned by\n\
4766 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} or a memory location. It is called just\n\
4767 before the point where argument registers are stored. The type of the\n\
4768 function to be called is also passed as the second argument; it is\n\
4769 @code{NULL_TREE} for libcalls. The @code{TARGET_END_CALL_ARGS} hook is\n\
4770 invoked just after the code to copy the return reg has been emitted.\n\
4771 This functionality can be used to perform special setup of call argument\n\
4772 registers if a target needs it.\n\
4773 For functions without arguments, the hook is called once with @code{pc_rtx}\n\
4774 passed instead of an argument register.\n\
4775 Most ports do not need to implement anything for this hook.",
4776 void, (rtx, tree),
4777 hook_void_rtx_tree)
4778
4779 DEFHOOK
4780 (end_call_args,
4781 "This target hook is invoked while generating RTL for a function call,\n\
4782 just after the point where the return reg is copied into a pseudo. It\n\
4783 signals that all the call argument and return registers for the just\n\
4784 emitted call are now no longer in use.\n\
4785 Most ports do not need to implement anything for this hook.",
4786 void, (void),
4787 hook_void_void)
4788
4789 DEFHOOK
4790 (push_argument,
4791 "This target hook returns @code{true} if push instructions will be\n\
4792 used to pass outgoing arguments. When the push instruction usage is\n\
4793 optional, @var{npush} is nonzero to indicate the number of bytes to\n\
4794 push. Otherwise, @var{npush} is zero. If the target machine does not\n\
4795 have a push instruction or push instruction should be avoided,\n\
4796 @code{false} should be returned. That directs GCC to use an alternate\n\
4797 strategy: to allocate the entire argument block and then store the\n\
4798 arguments into it. If this target hook may return @code{true},\n\
4799 @code{PUSH_ROUNDING} must be defined.",
4800 bool, (unsigned int npush),
4801 default_push_argument)
4802
4803 DEFHOOK
4804 (strict_argument_naming,
4805 "Define this hook to return @code{true} if the location where a function\n\
4806 argument is passed depends on whether or not it is a named argument.\n\
4807 \n\
4808 This hook controls how the @var{named} argument to @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG}\n\
4809 is set for varargs and stdarg functions. If this hook returns\n\
4810 @code{true}, the @var{named} argument is always true for named\n\
4811 arguments, and false for unnamed arguments. If it returns @code{false},\n\
4812 but @code{TARGET_PRETEND_OUTGOING_VARARGS_NAMED} returns @code{true},\n\
4813 then all arguments are treated as named. Otherwise, all named arguments\n\
4814 except the last are treated as named.\n\
4815 \n\
4816 You need not define this hook if it always returns @code{false}.",
4817 bool, (cumulative_args_t ca),
4818 hook_bool_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_false)
4819
4820 /* Returns true if we should use
4821 targetm.calls.setup_incoming_varargs() and/or
4822 targetm.calls.strict_argument_naming(). */
4823 DEFHOOK
4824 (pretend_outgoing_varargs_named,
4825 "If you need to conditionally change ABIs so that one works with\n\
4826 @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS}, but the other works like neither\n\
4827 @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} nor @code{TARGET_STRICT_ARGUMENT_NAMING} was\n\
4828 defined, then define this hook to return @code{true} if\n\
4829 @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} is used, @code{false} otherwise.\n\
4830 Otherwise, you should not define this hook.",
4831 bool, (cumulative_args_t ca),
4832 default_pretend_outgoing_varargs_named)
4833
4834 /* Given a complex type T, return true if a parameter of type T
4835 should be passed as two scalars. */
4836 DEFHOOK
4837 (split_complex_arg,
4838 "This hook should return true if parameter of type @var{type} are passed\n\
4839 as two scalar parameters. By default, GCC will attempt to pack complex\n\
4840 arguments into the target's word size. Some ABIs require complex arguments\n\
4841 to be split and treated as their individual components. For example, on\n\
4842 AIX64, complex floats should be passed in a pair of floating point\n\
4843 registers, even though a complex float would fit in one 64-bit floating\n\
4844 point register.\n\
4845 \n\
4846 The default value of this hook is @code{NULL}, which is treated as always\n\
4847 false.",
4848 bool, (const_tree type), NULL)
4849
4850 /* Return true if type T, mode MODE, may not be passed in registers,
4851 but must be passed on the stack. */
4852 /* ??? This predicate should be applied strictly after pass-by-reference.
4853 Need audit to verify that this is the case. */
4854 DEFHOOK
4855 (must_pass_in_stack,
4856 "This target hook should return @code{true} if we should not pass @var{arg}\n\
4857 solely in registers. The file @file{expr.h} defines a\n\
4858 definition that is usually appropriate, refer to @file{expr.h} for additional\n\
4859 documentation.",
4860 bool, (const function_arg_info &arg),
4861 must_pass_in_stack_var_size_or_pad)
4862
4863 /* Return true if type TYPE, mode MODE, which is passed by reference,
4864 should have the object copy generated by the callee rather than
4865 the caller. It is never called for TYPE requiring constructors. */
4866 DEFHOOK
4867 (callee_copies,
4868 "The function argument described by the parameters to this hook is\n\
4869 known to be passed by reference. The hook should return true if the\n\
4870 function argument should be copied by the callee instead of copied\n\
4871 by the caller.\n\
4872 \n\
4873 For any argument for which the hook returns true, if it can be\n\
4874 determined that the argument is not modified, then a copy need\n\
4875 not be generated.\n\
4876 \n\
4877 The default version of this hook always returns false.",
4878 bool,
4879 (cumulative_args_t cum, const function_arg_info &arg),
4880 hook_bool_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_arg_info_false)
4881
4882 /* Return zero for arguments passed entirely on the stack or entirely
4883 in registers. If passed in both, return the number of bytes passed
4884 in registers; the balance is therefore passed on the stack. */
4885 DEFHOOK
4886 (arg_partial_bytes,
4887 "This target hook returns the number of bytes at the beginning of an\n\
4888 argument that must be put in registers. The value must be zero for\n\
4889 arguments that are passed entirely in registers or that are entirely\n\
4890 pushed on the stack.\n\
4891 \n\
4892 On some machines, certain arguments must be passed partially in\n\
4893 registers and partially in memory. On these machines, typically the\n\
4894 first few words of arguments are passed in registers, and the rest\n\
4895 on the stack. If a multi-word argument (a @code{double} or a\n\
4896 structure) crosses that boundary, its first few words must be passed\n\
4897 in registers and the rest must be pushed. This macro tells the\n\
4898 compiler when this occurs, and how many bytes should go in registers.\n\
4899 \n\
4900 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} for these arguments should return the first\n\
4901 register to be used by the caller for this argument; likewise\n\
4902 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG}, for the called function.",
4903 int, (cumulative_args_t cum, const function_arg_info &arg),
4904 hook_int_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_arg_info_0)
4905
4906 /* Update the state in CA to advance past an argument in the
4907 argument list. The values MODE, TYPE, and NAMED describe that
4908 argument. */
4909 DEFHOOK
4910 (function_arg_advance,
4911 "This hook updates the summarizer variable pointed to by @var{ca} to\n\
4912 advance past argument @var{arg} in the argument list. Once this is done,\n\
4913 the variable @var{cum} is suitable for analyzing the @emph{following}\n\
4914 argument with @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG}, etc.\n\
4915 \n\
4916 This hook need not do anything if the argument in question was passed\n\
4917 on the stack. The compiler knows how to track the amount of stack space\n\
4918 used for arguments without any special help.",
4919 void,
4920 (cumulative_args_t ca, const function_arg_info &arg),
4921 default_function_arg_advance)
4922
4923 DEFHOOK
4924 (function_arg_offset,
4925 "This hook returns the number of bytes to add to the offset of an\n\
4926 argument of type @var{type} and mode @var{mode} when passed in memory.\n\
4927 This is needed for the SPU, which passes @code{char} and @code{short}\n\
4928 arguments in the preferred slot that is in the middle of the quad word\n\
4929 instead of starting at the top. The default implementation returns 0.",
4930 HOST_WIDE_INT, (machine_mode mode, const_tree type),
4931 default_function_arg_offset)
4932
4933 DEFHOOK
4934 (function_arg_padding,
4935 "This hook determines whether, and in which direction, to pad out\n\
4936 an argument of mode @var{mode} and type @var{type}. It returns\n\
4937 @code{PAD_UPWARD} to insert padding above the argument, @code{PAD_DOWNWARD}\n\
4938 to insert padding below the argument, or @code{PAD_NONE} to inhibit padding.\n\
4939 \n\
4940 The @emph{amount} of padding is not controlled by this hook, but by\n\
4941 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG_ROUND_BOUNDARY}. It is always just enough\n\
4942 to reach the next multiple of that boundary.\n\
4943 \n\
4944 This hook has a default definition that is right for most systems.\n\
4945 For little-endian machines, the default is to pad upward. For\n\
4946 big-endian machines, the default is to pad downward for an argument of\n\
4947 constant size shorter than an @code{int}, and upward otherwise.",
4948 pad_direction, (machine_mode mode, const_tree type),
4949 default_function_arg_padding)
4950
4951 /* Return zero if the argument described by the state of CA should
4952 be placed on a stack, or a hard register in which to store the
4953 argument. The values MODE, TYPE, and NAMED describe that
4954 argument. */
4955 DEFHOOK
4956 (function_arg,
4957 "Return an RTX indicating whether function argument @var{arg} is passed\n\
4958 in a register and if so, which register. Argument @var{ca} summarizes all\n\
4959 the previous arguments.\n\
4960 \n\
4961 The return value is usually either a @code{reg} RTX for the hard\n\
4962 register in which to pass the argument, or zero to pass the argument\n\
4963 on the stack.\n\
4964 \n\
4965 The return value can be a @code{const_int} which means argument is\n\
4966 passed in a target specific slot with specified number. Target hooks\n\
4967 should be used to store or load argument in such case. See\n\
4968 @code{TARGET_STORE_BOUNDS_FOR_ARG} and @code{TARGET_LOAD_BOUNDS_FOR_ARG}\n\
4969 for more information.\n\
4970 \n\
4971 The value of the expression can also be a @code{parallel} RTX@. This is\n\
4972 used when an argument is passed in multiple locations. The mode of the\n\
4973 @code{parallel} should be the mode of the entire argument. The\n\
4974 @code{parallel} holds any number of @code{expr_list} pairs; each one\n\
4975 describes where part of the argument is passed. In each\n\
4976 @code{expr_list} the first operand must be a @code{reg} RTX for the hard\n\
4977 register in which to pass this part of the argument, and the mode of the\n\
4978 register RTX indicates how large this part of the argument is. The\n\
4979 second operand of the @code{expr_list} is a @code{const_int} which gives\n\
4980 the offset in bytes into the entire argument of where this part starts.\n\
4981 As a special exception the first @code{expr_list} in the @code{parallel}\n\
4982 RTX may have a first operand of zero. This indicates that the entire\n\
4983 argument is also stored on the stack.\n\
4984 \n\
4985 The last time this hook is called, it is called with @code{MODE ==\n\
4986 VOIDmode}, and its result is passed to the @code{call} or @code{call_value}\n\
4987 pattern as operands 2 and 3 respectively.\n\
4988 \n\
4989 @cindex @file{stdarg.h} and register arguments\n\
4990 The usual way to make the ISO library @file{stdarg.h} work on a\n\
4991 machine where some arguments are usually passed in registers, is to\n\
4992 cause nameless arguments to be passed on the stack instead. This is\n\
4993 done by making @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} return 0 whenever\n\
4994 @var{named} is @code{false}.\n\
4995 \n\
4996 @cindex @code{TARGET_MUST_PASS_IN_STACK}, and @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG}\n\
4997 @cindex @code{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE}, and @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG}\n\
4998 You may use the hook @code{targetm.calls.must_pass_in_stack}\n\
4999 in the definition of this macro to determine if this argument is of a\n\
5000 type that must be passed in the stack. If @code{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE}\n\
5001 is not defined and @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} returns nonzero for such an\n\
5002 argument, the compiler will abort. If @code{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE} is\n\
5003 defined, the argument will be computed in the stack and then loaded into\n\
5004 a register.",
5005 rtx, (cumulative_args_t ca, const function_arg_info &arg),
5006 default_function_arg)
5007
5008 DEFHOOK
5009 (function_incoming_arg,
5010 "Define this hook if the caller and callee on the target have different\n\
5011 views of where arguments are passed. Also define this hook if there are\n\
5012 functions that are never directly called, but are invoked by the hardware\n\
5013 and which have nonstandard calling conventions.\n\
5014 \n\
5015 In this case @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} computes the register in\n\
5016 which the caller passes the value, and\n\
5017 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG} should be defined in a similar\n\
5018 fashion to tell the function being called where the arguments will\n\
5019 arrive.\n\
5020 \n\
5021 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG} can also return arbitrary address\n\
5022 computation using hard register, which can be forced into a register,\n\
5023 so that it can be used to pass special arguments.\n\
5024 \n\
5025 If @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG} is not defined,\n\
5026 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} serves both purposes.",
5027 rtx, (cumulative_args_t ca, const function_arg_info &arg),
5028 default_function_incoming_arg)
5029
5030 DEFHOOK
5031 (function_arg_boundary,
5032 "This hook returns the alignment boundary, in bits, of an argument\n\
5033 with the specified mode and type. The default hook returns\n\
5034 @code{PARM_BOUNDARY} for all arguments.",
5035 unsigned int, (machine_mode mode, const_tree type),
5036 default_function_arg_boundary)
5037
5038 DEFHOOK
5039 (function_arg_round_boundary,
5040 "Normally, the size of an argument is rounded up to @code{PARM_BOUNDARY},\n\
5041 which is the default value for this hook. You can define this hook to\n\
5042 return a different value if an argument size must be rounded to a larger\n\
5043 value.",
5044 unsigned int, (machine_mode mode, const_tree type),
5045 default_function_arg_round_boundary)
5046
5047 /* Return the diagnostic message string if function without a prototype
5048 is not allowed for this 'val' argument; NULL otherwise. */
5049 DEFHOOK
5050 (invalid_arg_for_unprototyped_fn,
5051 "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\
5052 illegal to pass argument @var{val} to function @var{funcdecl}\n\
5053 with prototype @var{typelist}.",
5054 const char *, (const_tree typelist, const_tree funcdecl, const_tree val),
5055 hook_invalid_arg_for_unprototyped_fn)
5056
5057 /* Return an rtx for the return value location of the function
5058 specified by FN_DECL_OR_TYPE with a return type of RET_TYPE. */
5059 DEFHOOK
5060 (function_value,
5061 "\n\
5062 Define this to return an RTX representing the place where a function\n\
5063 returns or receives a value of data type @var{ret_type}, a tree node\n\
5064 representing a data type. @var{fn_decl_or_type} is a tree node\n\
5065 representing @code{FUNCTION_DECL} or @code{FUNCTION_TYPE} of a\n\
5066 function being called. If @var{outgoing} is false, the hook should\n\
5067 compute the register in which the caller will see the return value.\n\
5068 Otherwise, the hook should return an RTX representing the place where\n\
5069 a function returns a value.\n\
5070 \n\
5071 On many machines, only @code{TYPE_MODE (@var{ret_type})} is relevant.\n\
5072 (Actually, on most machines, scalar values are returned in the same\n\
5073 place regardless of mode.) The value of the expression is usually a\n\
5074 @code{reg} RTX for the hard register where the return value is stored.\n\
5075 The value can also be a @code{parallel} RTX, if the return value is in\n\
5076 multiple places. See @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} for an explanation of the\n\
5077 @code{parallel} form. Note that the callee will populate every\n\
5078 location specified in the @code{parallel}, but if the first element of\n\
5079 the @code{parallel} contains the whole return value, callers will use\n\
5080 that element as the canonical location and ignore the others. The m68k\n\
5081 port uses this type of @code{parallel} to return pointers in both\n\
5082 @samp{%a0} (the canonical location) and @samp{%d0}.\n\
5083 \n\
5084 If @code{TARGET_PROMOTE_FUNCTION_RETURN} returns true, you must apply\n\
5085 the same promotion rules specified in @code{PROMOTE_MODE} if\n\
5086 @var{valtype} is a scalar type.\n\
5087 \n\
5088 If the precise function being called is known, @var{func} is a tree\n\
5089 node (@code{FUNCTION_DECL}) for it; otherwise, @var{func} is a null\n\
5090 pointer. This makes it possible to use a different value-returning\n\
5091 convention for specific functions when all their calls are\n\
5092 known.\n\
5093 \n\
5094 Some target machines have ``register windows'' so that the register in\n\
5095 which a function returns its value is not the same as the one in which\n\
5096 the caller sees the value. For such machines, you should return\n\
5097 different RTX depending on @var{outgoing}.\n\
5098 \n\
5099 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} is not used for return values with\n\
5100 aggregate data types, because these are returned in another way. See\n\
5101 @code{TARGET_STRUCT_VALUE_RTX} and related macros, below.",
5102 rtx, (const_tree ret_type, const_tree fn_decl_or_type, bool outgoing),
5103 default_function_value)
5104
5105 /* Return the rtx for the result of a libcall of mode MODE,
5106 calling the function FN_NAME. */
5107 DEFHOOK
5108 (libcall_value,
5109 "Define this hook if the back-end needs to know the name of the libcall\n\
5110 function in order to determine where the result should be returned.\n\
5111 \n\
5112 The mode of the result is given by @var{mode} and the name of the called\n\
5113 library function is given by @var{fun}. The hook should return an RTX\n\
5114 representing the place where the library function result will be returned.\n\
5115 \n\
5116 If this hook is not defined, then LIBCALL_VALUE will be used.",
5117 rtx, (machine_mode mode, const_rtx fun),
5118 default_libcall_value)
5119
5120 /* Return true if REGNO is a possible register number for
5121 a function value as seen by the caller. */
5122 DEFHOOK
5123 (function_value_regno_p,
5124 "A target hook that return @code{true} if @var{regno} is the number of a hard\n\
5125 register in which the values of called function may come back.\n\
5126 \n\
5127 A register whose use for returning values is limited to serving as the\n\
5128 second of a pair (for a value of type @code{double}, say) need not be\n\
5129 recognized by this target hook.\n\
5130 \n\
5131 If the machine has register windows, so that the caller and the called\n\
5132 function use different registers for the return value, this target hook\n\
5133 should recognize only the caller's register numbers.\n\
5134 \n\
5135 If this hook is not defined, then FUNCTION_VALUE_REGNO_P will be used.",
5136 bool, (const unsigned int regno),
5137 default_function_value_regno_p)
5138
5139 DEFHOOK
5140 (fntype_abi,
5141 "Return the ABI used by a function with type @var{type}; see the\n\
5142 definition of @code{predefined_function_abi} for details of the ABI\n\
5143 descriptor. Targets only need to define this hook if they support\n\
5144 interoperability between several ABIs in the same translation unit.",
5145 const predefined_function_abi &, (const_tree type),
5146 NULL)
5147
5148 DEFHOOK
5149 (insn_callee_abi,
5150 "This hook returns a description of the ABI used by the target of\n\
5151 call instruction @var{insn}; see the definition of\n\
5152 @code{predefined_function_abi} for details of the ABI descriptor.\n\
5153 Only the global function @code{insn_callee_abi} should call this hook\n\
5154 directly.\n\
5155 \n\
5156 Targets only need to define this hook if they support\n\
5157 interoperability between several ABIs in the same translation unit.",
5158 const predefined_function_abi &, (const rtx_insn *insn),
5159 NULL)
5160
5161 /* ??? Documenting this hook requires a GFDL license grant. */
5162 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
5163 (internal_arg_pointer,
5164 "Return an rtx for the argument pointer incoming to the\
5165 current function.",
5166 rtx, (void),
5167 default_internal_arg_pointer)
5168
5169 /* Update the current function stack boundary if needed. */
5170 DEFHOOK
5171 (update_stack_boundary,
5172 "Define this macro to update the current function stack boundary if\n\
5173 necessary.",
5174 void, (void), NULL)
5175
5176 /* Handle stack alignment and return an rtx for Dynamic Realign
5177 Argument Pointer if necessary. */
5178 DEFHOOK
5179 (get_drap_rtx,
5180 "This hook should return an rtx for Dynamic Realign Argument Pointer (DRAP) if a\n\
5181 different argument pointer register is needed to access the function's\n\
5182 argument list due to stack realignment. Return @code{NULL} if no DRAP\n\
5183 is needed.",
5184 rtx, (void), NULL)
5185
5186 /* Generate instruction sequence to zero call used registers. */
5187 DEFHOOK
5188 (zero_call_used_regs,
5189 "This target hook emits instructions to zero the subset of @var{selected_regs}\n\
5190 that could conceivably contain values that are useful to an attacker.\n\
5191 Return the set of registers that were actually cleared.\n\
5192 \n\
5193 The default implementation uses normal move instructions to zero\n\
5194 all the registers in @var{selected_regs}. Define this hook if the\n\
5195 target has more efficient ways of zeroing certain registers,\n\
5196 or if you believe that certain registers would never contain\n\
5197 values that are useful to an attacker.",
5198 HARD_REG_SET, (HARD_REG_SET selected_regs),
5199 default_zero_call_used_regs)
5200
5201 /* Return true if all function parameters should be spilled to the
5202 stack. */
5203 DEFHOOK
5204 (allocate_stack_slots_for_args,
5205 "When optimization is disabled, this hook indicates whether or not\n\
5206 arguments should be allocated to stack slots. Normally, GCC allocates\n\
5207 stacks slots for arguments when not optimizing in order to make\n\
5208 debugging easier. However, when a function is declared with\n\
5209 @code{__attribute__((naked))}, there is no stack frame, and the compiler\n\
5210 cannot safely move arguments from the registers in which they are passed\n\
5211 to the stack. Therefore, this hook should return true in general, but\n\
5212 false for naked functions. The default implementation always returns true.",
5213 bool, (void),
5214 hook_bool_void_true)
5215
5216 /* Return an rtx for the static chain for FNDECL_OR_TYPE. If INCOMING_P
5217 is true, then it should be for the callee; otherwise for the caller. */
5218 DEFHOOK
5219 (static_chain,
5220 "This hook replaces the use of @code{STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM} et al for\n\
5221 targets that may use different static chain locations for different\n\
5222 nested functions. This may be required if the target has function\n\
5223 attributes that affect the calling conventions of the function and\n\
5224 those calling conventions use different static chain locations.\n\
5225 \n\
5226 The default version of this hook uses @code{STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM} et al.\n\
5227 \n\
5228 If the static chain is passed in memory, this hook should be used to\n\
5229 provide rtx giving @code{mem} expressions that denote where they are stored.\n\
5230 Often the @code{mem} expression as seen by the caller will be at an offset\n\
5231 from the stack pointer and the @code{mem} expression as seen by the callee\n\
5232 will be at an offset from the frame pointer.\n\
5233 @findex stack_pointer_rtx\n\
5234 @findex frame_pointer_rtx\n\
5235 @findex arg_pointer_rtx\n\
5236 The variables @code{stack_pointer_rtx}, @code{frame_pointer_rtx}, and\n\
5237 @code{arg_pointer_rtx} will have been initialized and should be used\n\
5238 to refer to those items.",
5239 rtx, (const_tree fndecl_or_type, bool incoming_p),
5240 default_static_chain)
5241
5242 /* Fill in the trampoline at MEM with a call to FNDECL and a
5243 static chain value of CHAIN. */
5244 DEFHOOK
5245 (trampoline_init,
5246 "This hook is called to initialize a trampoline.\n\
5247 @var{m_tramp} is an RTX for the memory block for the trampoline; @var{fndecl}\n\
5248 is the @code{FUNCTION_DECL} for the nested function; @var{static_chain} is an\n\
5249 RTX for the static chain value that should be passed to the function\n\
5250 when it is called.\n\
5251 \n\
5252 If the target defines @code{TARGET_ASM_TRAMPOLINE_TEMPLATE}, then the\n\
5253 first thing this hook should do is emit a block move into @var{m_tramp}\n\
5254 from the memory block returned by @code{assemble_trampoline_template}.\n\
5255 Note that the block move need only cover the constant parts of the\n\
5256 trampoline. If the target isolates the variable parts of the trampoline\n\
5257 to the end, not all @code{TRAMPOLINE_SIZE} bytes need be copied.\n\
5258 \n\
5259 If the target requires any other actions, such as flushing caches\n\
5260 (possibly calling function maybe_emit_call_builtin___clear_cache) or\n\
5261 enabling stack execution, these actions should be performed after\n\
5262 initializing the trampoline proper.",
5263 void, (rtx m_tramp, tree fndecl, rtx static_chain),
5264 default_trampoline_init)
5265
5266 /* Emit a call to a function to clear the instruction cache. */
5267 DEFHOOK
5268 (emit_call_builtin___clear_cache,
5269 "On targets that do not define a @code{clear_cache} insn expander,\n\
5270 but that define the @code{CLEAR_CACHE_INSN} macro,\n\
5271 maybe_emit_call_builtin___clear_cache relies on this target hook\n\
5272 to clear an address range in the instruction cache.\n\
5273 \n\
5274 The default implementation calls the @code{__clear_cache} builtin,\n\
5275 taking the assembler name from the builtin declaration. Overriding\n\
5276 definitions may call alternate functions, with alternate calling\n\
5277 conventions, or emit alternate RTX to perform the job.",
5278 void, (rtx begin, rtx end),
5279 default_emit_call_builtin___clear_cache)
5280
5281 /* Adjust the address of the trampoline in a target-specific way. */
5282 DEFHOOK
5283 (trampoline_adjust_address,
5284 "This hook should perform any machine-specific adjustment in\n\
5285 the address of the trampoline. Its argument contains the address of the\n\
5286 memory block that was passed to @code{TARGET_TRAMPOLINE_INIT}. In case\n\
5287 the address to be used for a function call should be different from the\n\
5288 address at which the template was stored, the different address should\n\
5289 be returned; otherwise @var{addr} should be returned unchanged.\n\
5290 If this hook is not defined, @var{addr} will be used for function calls.",
5291 rtx, (rtx addr), NULL)
5292
5293 DEFHOOKPOD
5294 (custom_function_descriptors,
5295 "If the target can use GCC's generic descriptor mechanism for nested\n\
5296 functions, define this hook to a power of 2 representing an unused bit\n\
5297 in function pointers which can be used to differentiate descriptors at\n\
5298 run time. This value gives the number of bytes by which descriptor\n\
5299 pointers are misaligned compared to function pointers. For example, on\n\
5300 targets that require functions to be aligned to a 4-byte boundary, a\n\
5301 value of either 1 or 2 is appropriate unless the architecture already\n\
5302 reserves the bit for another purpose, such as on ARM.\n\
5303 \n\
5304 Define this hook to 0 if the target implements ABI support for\n\
5305 function descriptors in its standard calling sequence, like for example\n\
5306 HPPA or IA-64.\n\
5307 \n\
5308 Using descriptors for nested functions\n\
5309 eliminates the need for trampolines that reside on the stack and require\n\
5310 it to be made executable.",
5311 int, -1)
5312
5313 /* Return the number of bytes of its own arguments that a function
5314 pops on returning, or 0 if the function pops no arguments and the
5315 caller must therefore pop them all after the function returns. */
5316 /* ??? tm.texi has no types for the parameters. */
5317 DEFHOOK
5318 (return_pops_args,
5319 "This target hook returns the number of bytes of its own arguments that\n\
5320 a function pops on returning, or 0 if the function pops no arguments\n\
5321 and the caller must therefore pop them all after the function returns.\n\
5322 \n\
5323 @var{fundecl} is a C variable whose value is a tree node that describes\n\
5324 the function in question. Normally it is a node of type\n\
5325 @code{FUNCTION_DECL} that describes the declaration of the function.\n\
5326 From this you can obtain the @code{DECL_ATTRIBUTES} of the function.\n\
5327 \n\
5328 @var{funtype} is a C variable whose value is a tree node that\n\
5329 describes the function in question. Normally it is a node of type\n\
5330 @code{FUNCTION_TYPE} that describes the data type of the function.\n\
5331 From this it is possible to obtain the data types of the value and\n\
5332 arguments (if known).\n\
5333 \n\
5334 When a call to a library function is being considered, @var{fundecl}\n\
5335 will contain an identifier node for the library function. Thus, if\n\
5336 you need to distinguish among various library functions, you can do so\n\
5337 by their names. Note that ``library function'' in this context means\n\
5338 a function used to perform arithmetic, whose name is known specially\n\
5339 in the compiler and was not mentioned in the C code being compiled.\n\
5340 \n\
5341 @var{size} is the number of bytes of arguments passed on the\n\
5342 stack. If a variable number of bytes is passed, it is zero, and\n\
5343 argument popping will always be the responsibility of the calling function.\n\
5344 \n\
5345 On the VAX, all functions always pop their arguments, so the definition\n\
5346 of this macro is @var{size}. On the 68000, using the standard\n\
5347 calling convention, no functions pop their arguments, so the value of\n\
5348 the macro is always 0 in this case. But an alternative calling\n\
5349 convention is available in which functions that take a fixed number of\n\
5350 arguments pop them but other functions (such as @code{printf}) pop\n\
5351 nothing (the caller pops all). When this convention is in use,\n\
5352 @var{funtype} is examined to determine whether a function takes a fixed\n\
5353 number of arguments.",
5354 poly_int64, (tree fundecl, tree funtype, poly_int64 size),
5355 default_return_pops_args)
5356
5357 /* Return a mode wide enough to copy any function value that might be
5358 returned. */
5359 DEFHOOK
5360 (get_raw_result_mode,
5361 "This target hook returns the mode to be used when accessing raw return\n\
5362 registers in @code{__builtin_return}. Define this macro if the value\n\
5363 in @var{reg_raw_mode} is not correct.",
5364 fixed_size_mode, (int regno),
5365 default_get_reg_raw_mode)
5366
5367 /* Return a mode wide enough to copy any argument value that might be
5368 passed. */
5369 DEFHOOK
5370 (get_raw_arg_mode,
5371 "This target hook returns the mode to be used when accessing raw argument\n\
5372 registers in @code{__builtin_apply_args}. Define this macro if the value\n\
5373 in @var{reg_raw_mode} is not correct.",
5374 fixed_size_mode, (int regno),
5375 default_get_reg_raw_mode)
5376
5377 /* Return true if a type is an empty record. */
5378 DEFHOOK
5379 (empty_record_p,
5380 "This target hook returns true if the type is an empty record. The default\n\
5381 is to return @code{false}.",
5382 bool, (const_tree type),
5383 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
5384
5385 /* Warn about the change in empty class parameter passing ABI. */
5386 DEFHOOK
5387 (warn_parameter_passing_abi,
5388 "This target hook warns about the change in empty class parameter passing\n\
5389 ABI.",
5390 void, (cumulative_args_t ca, tree type),
5391 hook_void_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_tree)
5392
5393 HOOK_VECTOR_END (calls)
5394
5395 DEFHOOK
5396 (use_pseudo_pic_reg,
5397 "This hook should return 1 in case pseudo register should be created\n\
5398 for pic_offset_table_rtx during function expand.",
5399 bool, (void),
5400 hook_bool_void_false)
5401
5402 DEFHOOK
5403 (init_pic_reg,
5404 "Perform a target dependent initialization of pic_offset_table_rtx.\n\
5405 This hook is called at the start of register allocation.",
5406 void, (void),
5407 hook_void_void)
5408
5409 /* Return the diagnostic message string if conversion from FROMTYPE
5410 to TOTYPE is not allowed, NULL otherwise. */
5411 DEFHOOK
5412 (invalid_conversion,
5413 "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\
5414 invalid to convert from @var{fromtype} to @var{totype}, or @code{NULL}\n\
5415 if validity should be determined by the front end.",
5416 const char *, (const_tree fromtype, const_tree totype),
5417 hook_constcharptr_const_tree_const_tree_null)
5418
5419 /* Return the diagnostic message string if the unary operation OP is
5420 not permitted on TYPE, NULL otherwise. */
5421 DEFHOOK
5422 (invalid_unary_op,
5423 "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\
5424 invalid to apply operation @var{op} (where unary plus is denoted by\n\
5425 @code{CONVERT_EXPR}) to an operand of type @var{type}, or @code{NULL}\n\
5426 if validity should be determined by the front end.",
5427 const char *, (int op, const_tree type),
5428 hook_constcharptr_int_const_tree_null)
5429
5430 /* Return the diagnostic message string if the binary operation OP
5431 is not permitted on TYPE1 and TYPE2, NULL otherwise. */
5432 DEFHOOK
5433 (invalid_binary_op,
5434 "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\
5435 invalid to apply operation @var{op} to operands of types @var{type1}\n\
5436 and @var{type2}, or @code{NULL} if validity should be determined by\n\
5437 the front end.",
5438 const char *, (int op, const_tree type1, const_tree type2),
5439 hook_constcharptr_int_const_tree_const_tree_null)
5440
5441 /* If values of TYPE are promoted to some other type when used in
5442 expressions (analogous to the integer promotions), return that type,
5443 or NULL_TREE otherwise. */
5444 DEFHOOK
5445 (promoted_type,
5446 "If defined, this target hook returns the type to which values of\n\
5447 @var{type} should be promoted when they appear in expressions,\n\
5448 analogous to the integer promotions, or @code{NULL_TREE} to use the\n\
5449 front end's normal promotion rules. This hook is useful when there are\n\
5450 target-specific types with special promotion rules.\n\
5451 This is currently used only by the C and C++ front ends.",
5452 tree, (const_tree type),
5453 hook_tree_const_tree_null)
5454
5455 /* Convert EXPR to TYPE, if target-specific types with special conversion
5456 rules are involved. Return the converted expression, or NULL to apply
5457 the standard conversion rules. */
5458 DEFHOOK
5459 (convert_to_type,
5460 "If defined, this hook returns the result of converting @var{expr} to\n\
5461 @var{type}. It should return the converted expression,\n\
5462 or @code{NULL_TREE} to apply the front end's normal conversion rules.\n\
5463 This hook is useful when there are target-specific types with special\n\
5464 conversion rules.\n\
5465 This is currently used only by the C and C++ front ends.",
5466 tree, (tree type, tree expr),
5467 hook_tree_tree_tree_null)
5468
5469 DEFHOOK
5470 (verify_type_context,
5471 "If defined, this hook returns false if there is a target-specific reason\n\
5472 why type @var{type} cannot be used in the source language context described\n\
5473 by @var{context}. When @var{silent_p} is false, the hook also reports an\n\
5474 error against @var{loc} for invalid uses of @var{type}.\n\
5475 \n\
5476 Calls to this hook should be made through the global function\n\
5477 @code{verify_type_context}, which makes the @var{silent_p} parameter\n\
5478 default to false and also handles @code{error_mark_node}.\n\
5479 \n\
5480 The default implementation always returns true.",
5481 bool, (location_t loc, type_context_kind context, const_tree type,
5482 bool silent_p),
5483 NULL)
5484
5485 DEFHOOK
5486 (can_change_mode_class,
5487 "This hook returns true if it is possible to bitcast values held in\n\
5488 registers of class @var{rclass} from mode @var{from} to mode @var{to}\n\
5489 and if doing so preserves the low-order bits that are common to both modes.\n\
5490 The result is only meaningful if @var{rclass} has registers that can hold\n\
5491 both @code{from} and @code{to}. The default implementation returns true.\n\
5492 \n\
5493 As an example of when such bitcasting is invalid, loading 32-bit integer or\n\
5494 floating-point objects into floating-point registers on Alpha extends them\n\
5495 to 64 bits. Therefore loading a 64-bit object and then storing it as a\n\
5496 32-bit object does not store the low-order 32 bits, as would be the case\n\
5497 for a normal register. Therefore, @file{alpha.h} defines\n\
5498 @code{TARGET_CAN_CHANGE_MODE_CLASS} to return:\n\
5499 \n\
5500 @smallexample\n\
5501 (GET_MODE_SIZE (from) == GET_MODE_SIZE (to)\n\
5502 || !reg_classes_intersect_p (FLOAT_REGS, rclass))\n\
5503 @end smallexample\n\
5504 \n\
5505 Even if storing from a register in mode @var{to} would be valid,\n\
5506 if both @var{from} and @code{raw_reg_mode} for @var{rclass} are wider\n\
5507 than @code{word_mode}, then we must prevent @var{to} narrowing the\n\
5508 mode. This happens when the middle-end assumes that it can load\n\
5509 or store pieces of an @var{N}-word pseudo, and that the pseudo will\n\
5510 eventually be allocated to @var{N} @code{word_mode} hard registers.\n\
5511 Failure to prevent this kind of mode change will result in the\n\
5512 entire @code{raw_reg_mode} being modified instead of the partial\n\
5513 value that the middle-end intended.",
5514 bool, (machine_mode from, machine_mode to, reg_class_t rclass),
5515 hook_bool_mode_mode_reg_class_t_true)
5516
5517 /* Change pseudo allocno class calculated by IRA. */
5518 DEFHOOK
5519 (ira_change_pseudo_allocno_class,
5520 "A target hook which can change allocno class for given pseudo from\n\
5521 allocno and best class calculated by IRA.\n\
5522 \n\
5523 The default version of this target hook always returns given class.",
5524 reg_class_t, (int, reg_class_t, reg_class_t),
5525 default_ira_change_pseudo_allocno_class)
5526
5527 /* Return true if we use LRA instead of reload. */
5528 DEFHOOK
5529 (lra_p,
5530 "A target hook which returns true if we use LRA instead of reload pass.\n\
5531 \n\
5532 The default version of this target hook returns true. New ports\n\
5533 should use LRA, and existing ports are encouraged to convert.",
5534 bool, (void),
5535 default_lra_p)
5536
5537 /* Return register priority of given hard regno for the current target. */
5538 DEFHOOK
5539 (register_priority,
5540 "A target hook which returns the register priority number to which the\n\
5541 register @var{hard_regno} belongs to. The bigger the number, the\n\
5542 more preferable the hard register usage (when all other conditions are\n\
5543 the same). This hook can be used to prefer some hard register over\n\
5544 others in LRA. For example, some x86-64 register usage needs\n\
5545 additional prefix which makes instructions longer. The hook can\n\
5546 return lower priority number for such registers make them less favorable\n\
5547 and as result making the generated code smaller.\n\
5548 \n\
5549 The default version of this target hook returns always zero.",
5550 int, (int),
5551 default_register_priority)
5552
5553 /* Return true if we need register usage leveling. */
5554 DEFHOOK
5555 (register_usage_leveling_p,
5556 "A target hook which returns true if we need register usage leveling.\n\
5557 That means if a few hard registers are equally good for the\n\
5558 assignment, we choose the least used hard register. The register\n\
5559 usage leveling may be profitable for some targets. Don't use the\n\
5560 usage leveling for targets with conditional execution or targets\n\
5561 with big register files as it hurts if-conversion and cross-jumping\n\
5562 optimizations.\n\
5563 \n\
5564 The default version of this target hook returns always false.",
5565 bool, (void),
5566 default_register_usage_leveling_p)
5567
5568 /* Return true if maximal address displacement can be different. */
5569 DEFHOOK
5570 (different_addr_displacement_p,
5571 "A target hook which returns true if an address with the same structure\n\
5572 can have different maximal legitimate displacement. For example, the\n\
5573 displacement can depend on memory mode or on operand combinations in\n\
5574 the insn.\n\
5575 \n\
5576 The default version of this target hook returns always false.",
5577 bool, (void),
5578 default_different_addr_displacement_p)
5579
5580 /* Determine class for spilling pseudos of given mode into registers
5581 instead of memory. */
5582 DEFHOOK
5583 (spill_class,
5584 "This hook defines a class of registers which could be used for spilling\n\
5585 pseudos of the given mode and class, or @code{NO_REGS} if only memory\n\
5586 should be used. Not defining this hook is equivalent to returning\n\
5587 @code{NO_REGS} for all inputs.",
5588 reg_class_t, (reg_class_t, machine_mode),
5589 NULL)
5590
5591 /* Determine an additional allocno class. */
5592 DEFHOOK
5593 (additional_allocno_class_p,
5594 "This hook should return @code{true} if given class of registers should\n\
5595 be an allocno class in any way. Usually RA uses only one register\n\
5596 class from all classes containing the same register set. In some\n\
5597 complicated cases, you need to have two or more such classes as\n\
5598 allocno ones for RA correct work. Not defining this hook is\n\
5599 equivalent to returning @code{false} for all inputs.",
5600 bool, (reg_class_t),
5601 hook_bool_reg_class_t_false)
5602
5603 DEFHOOK
5604 (cstore_mode,
5605 "This hook defines the machine mode to use for the boolean result of\n\
5606 conditional store patterns. The ICODE argument is the instruction code\n\
5607 for the cstore being performed. Not definiting this hook is the same\n\
5608 as accepting the mode encoded into operand 0 of the cstore expander\n\
5609 patterns.",
5610 scalar_int_mode, (enum insn_code icode),
5611 default_cstore_mode)
5612
5613 /* This target hook allows the backend to compute the register pressure
5614 classes to use. */
5615 DEFHOOK
5616 (compute_pressure_classes,
5617 "A target hook which lets a backend compute the set of pressure classes to\n\
5618 be used by those optimization passes which take register pressure into\n\
5619 account, as opposed to letting IRA compute them. It returns the number of\n\
5620 register classes stored in the array @var{pressure_classes}.",
5621 int, (enum reg_class *pressure_classes), NULL)
5622
5623 /* True if a structure, union or array with MODE containing FIELD should
5624 be accessed using BLKmode. */
5625 DEFHOOK
5626 (member_type_forces_blk,
5627 "Return true if a structure, union or array containing @var{field} should\n\
5628 be accessed using @code{BLKMODE}.\n\
5629 \n\
5630 If @var{field} is the only field in the structure, @var{mode} is its\n\
5631 mode, otherwise @var{mode} is VOIDmode. @var{mode} is provided in the\n\
5632 case where structures of one field would require the structure's mode to\n\
5633 retain the field's mode.\n\
5634 \n\
5635 Normally, this is not needed.",
5636 bool, (const_tree field, machine_mode mode),
5637 default_member_type_forces_blk)
5638
5639 /* See tree-ssa-math-opts.c:divmod_candidate_p for conditions
5640 that gate the divod transform. */
5641 DEFHOOK
5642 (expand_divmod_libfunc,
5643 "Define this hook for enabling divmod transform if the port does not have\n\
5644 hardware divmod insn but defines target-specific divmod libfuncs.",
5645 void, (rtx libfunc, machine_mode mode, rtx op0, rtx op1, rtx *quot, rtx *rem),
5646 NULL)
5647
5648 /* Return the class for a secondary reload, and fill in extra information. */
5649 DEFHOOK
5650 (secondary_reload,
5651 "Many machines have some registers that cannot be copied directly to or\n\
5652 from memory or even from other types of registers. An example is the\n\
5653 @samp{MQ} register, which on most machines, can only be copied to or\n\
5654 from general registers, but not memory. Below, we shall be using the\n\
5655 term 'intermediate register' when a move operation cannot be performed\n\
5656 directly, but has to be done by copying the source into the intermediate\n\
5657 register first, and then copying the intermediate register to the\n\
5658 destination. An intermediate register always has the same mode as\n\
5659 source and destination. Since it holds the actual value being copied,\n\
5660 reload might apply optimizations to re-use an intermediate register\n\
5661 and eliding the copy from the source when it can determine that the\n\
5662 intermediate register still holds the required value.\n\
5663 \n\
5664 Another kind of secondary reload is required on some machines which\n\
5665 allow copying all registers to and from memory, but require a scratch\n\
5666 register for stores to some memory locations (e.g., those with symbolic\n\
5667 address on the RT, and those with certain symbolic address on the SPARC\n\
5668 when compiling PIC)@. Scratch registers need not have the same mode\n\
5669 as the value being copied, and usually hold a different value than\n\
5670 that being copied. Special patterns in the md file are needed to\n\
5671 describe how the copy is performed with the help of the scratch register;\n\
5672 these patterns also describe the number, register class(es) and mode(s)\n\
5673 of the scratch register(s).\n\
5674 \n\
5675 In some cases, both an intermediate and a scratch register are required.\n\
5676 \n\
5677 For input reloads, this target hook is called with nonzero @var{in_p},\n\
5678 and @var{x} is an rtx that needs to be copied to a register of class\n\
5679 @var{reload_class} in @var{reload_mode}. For output reloads, this target\n\
5680 hook is called with zero @var{in_p}, and a register of class @var{reload_class}\n\
5681 needs to be copied to rtx @var{x} in @var{reload_mode}.\n\
5682 \n\
5683 If copying a register of @var{reload_class} from/to @var{x} requires\n\
5684 an intermediate register, the hook @code{secondary_reload} should\n\
5685 return the register class required for this intermediate register.\n\
5686 If no intermediate register is required, it should return NO_REGS.\n\
5687 If more than one intermediate register is required, describe the one\n\
5688 that is closest in the copy chain to the reload register.\n\
5689 \n\
5690 If scratch registers are needed, you also have to describe how to\n\
5691 perform the copy from/to the reload register to/from this\n\
5692 closest intermediate register. Or if no intermediate register is\n\
5693 required, but still a scratch register is needed, describe the\n\
5694 copy from/to the reload register to/from the reload operand @var{x}.\n\
5695 \n\
5696 You do this by setting @code{sri->icode} to the instruction code of a pattern\n\
5697 in the md file which performs the move. Operands 0 and 1 are the output\n\
5698 and input of this copy, respectively. Operands from operand 2 onward are\n\
5699 for scratch operands. These scratch operands must have a mode, and a\n\
5700 single-register-class\n\
5701 @c [later: or memory]\n\
5702 output constraint.\n\
5703 \n\
5704 When an intermediate register is used, the @code{secondary_reload}\n\
5705 hook will be called again to determine how to copy the intermediate\n\
5706 register to/from the reload operand @var{x}, so your hook must also\n\
5707 have code to handle the register class of the intermediate operand.\n\
5708 \n\
5709 @c [For later: maybe we'll allow multi-alternative reload patterns -\n\
5710 @c the port maintainer could name a mov<mode> pattern that has clobbers -\n\
5711 @c and match the constraints of input and output to determine the required\n\
5712 @c alternative. A restriction would be that constraints used to match\n\
5713 @c against reloads registers would have to be written as register class\n\
5714 @c constraints, or we need a new target macro / hook that tells us if an\n\
5715 @c arbitrary constraint can match an unknown register of a given class.\n\
5716 @c Such a macro / hook would also be useful in other places.]\n\
5717 \n\
5718 \n\
5719 @var{x} might be a pseudo-register or a @code{subreg} of a\n\
5720 pseudo-register, which could either be in a hard register or in memory.\n\
5721 Use @code{true_regnum} to find out; it will return @minus{}1 if the pseudo is\n\
5722 in memory and the hard register number if it is in a register.\n\
5723 \n\
5724 Scratch operands in memory (constraint @code{\"=m\"} / @code{\"=&m\"}) are\n\
5725 currently not supported. For the time being, you will have to continue\n\
5726 to use @code{TARGET_SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED} for that purpose.\n\
5727 \n\
5728 @code{copy_cost} also uses this target hook to find out how values are\n\
5729 copied. If you want it to include some extra cost for the need to allocate\n\
5730 (a) scratch register(s), set @code{sri->extra_cost} to the additional cost.\n\
5731 Or if two dependent moves are supposed to have a lower cost than the sum\n\
5732 of the individual moves due to expected fortuitous scheduling and/or special\n\
5733 forwarding logic, you can set @code{sri->extra_cost} to a negative amount.",
5734 reg_class_t,
5735 (bool in_p, rtx x, reg_class_t reload_class, machine_mode reload_mode,
5736 secondary_reload_info *sri),
5737 default_secondary_reload)
5738
5739 DEFHOOK
5740 (secondary_memory_needed,
5741 "Certain machines have the property that some registers cannot be copied\n\
5742 to some other registers without using memory. Define this hook on\n\
5743 those machines to return true if objects of mode @var{m} in registers\n\
5744 of @var{class1} can only be copied to registers of class @var{class2} by\n\
5745 storing a register of @var{class1} into memory and loading that memory\n\
5746 location into a register of @var{class2}. The default definition returns\n\
5747 false for all inputs.",
5748 bool, (machine_mode mode, reg_class_t class1, reg_class_t class2),
5749 hook_bool_mode_reg_class_t_reg_class_t_false)
5750
5751 DEFHOOK
5752 (secondary_memory_needed_mode,
5753 "If @code{TARGET_SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED} tells the compiler to use memory\n\
5754 when moving between two particular registers of mode @var{mode},\n\
5755 this hook specifies the mode that the memory should have.\n\
5756 \n\
5757 The default depends on @code{TARGET_LRA_P}. Without LRA, the default\n\
5758 is to use a word-sized mode for integral modes that are smaller than a\n\
5759 a word. This is right thing to do on most machines because it ensures\n\
5760 that all bits of the register are copied and prevents accesses to the\n\
5761 registers in a narrower mode, which some machines prohibit for\n\
5762 floating-point registers.\n\
5763 \n\
5764 However, this default behavior is not correct on some machines, such as\n\
5765 the DEC Alpha, that store short integers in floating-point registers\n\
5766 differently than in integer registers. On those machines, the default\n\
5767 widening will not work correctly and you must define this hook to\n\
5768 suppress that widening in some cases. See the file @file{alpha.c} for\n\
5769 details.\n\
5770 \n\
5771 With LRA, the default is to use @var{mode} unmodified.",
5772 machine_mode, (machine_mode mode),
5773 default_secondary_memory_needed_mode)
5774
5775 /* Given an rtx X being reloaded into a reg required to be in class CLASS,
5776 return the class of reg to actually use. */
5777 DEFHOOK
5778 (preferred_reload_class,
5779 "A target hook that places additional restrictions on the register class\n\
5780 to use when it is necessary to copy value @var{x} into a register in class\n\
5781 @var{rclass}. The value is a register class; perhaps @var{rclass}, or perhaps\n\
5782 another, smaller class.\n\
5783 \n\
5784 The default version of this hook always returns value of @code{rclass} argument.\n\
5785 \n\
5786 Sometimes returning a more restrictive class makes better code. For\n\
5787 example, on the 68000, when @var{x} is an integer constant that is in range\n\
5788 for a @samp{moveq} instruction, the value of this macro is always\n\
5789 @code{DATA_REGS} as long as @var{rclass} includes the data registers.\n\
5790 Requiring a data register guarantees that a @samp{moveq} will be used.\n\
5791 \n\
5792 One case where @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS} must not return\n\
5793 @var{rclass} is if @var{x} is a legitimate constant which cannot be\n\
5794 loaded into some register class. By returning @code{NO_REGS} you can\n\
5795 force @var{x} into a memory location. For example, rs6000 can load\n\
5796 immediate values into general-purpose registers, but does not have an\n\
5797 instruction for loading an immediate value into a floating-point\n\
5798 register, so @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS} returns @code{NO_REGS} when\n\
5799 @var{x} is a floating-point constant. If the constant can't be loaded\n\
5800 into any kind of register, code generation will be better if\n\
5801 @code{TARGET_LEGITIMATE_CONSTANT_P} makes the constant illegitimate instead\n\
5802 of using @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}.\n\
5803 \n\
5804 If an insn has pseudos in it after register allocation, reload will go\n\
5805 through the alternatives and call repeatedly @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}\n\
5806 to find the best one. Returning @code{NO_REGS}, in this case, makes\n\
5807 reload add a @code{!} in front of the constraint: the x86 back-end uses\n\
5808 this feature to discourage usage of 387 registers when math is done in\n\
5809 the SSE registers (and vice versa).",
5810 reg_class_t,
5811 (rtx x, reg_class_t rclass),
5812 default_preferred_reload_class)
5813
5814 /* Like TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS, but for output reloads instead of
5815 input reloads. */
5816 DEFHOOK
5817 (preferred_output_reload_class,
5818 "Like @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}, but for output reloads instead of\n\
5819 input reloads.\n\
5820 \n\
5821 The default version of this hook always returns value of @code{rclass}\n\
5822 argument.\n\
5823 \n\
5824 You can also use @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_OUTPUT_RELOAD_CLASS} to discourage\n\
5825 reload from using some alternatives, like @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}.",
5826 reg_class_t,
5827 (rtx x, reg_class_t rclass),
5828 default_preferred_output_reload_class)
5829
5830 DEFHOOK
5831 (select_early_remat_modes,
5832 "On some targets, certain modes cannot be held in registers around a\n\
5833 standard ABI call and are relatively expensive to spill to the stack.\n\
5834 The early rematerialization pass can help in such cases by aggressively\n\
5835 recomputing values after calls, so that they don't need to be spilled.\n\
5836 \n\
5837 This hook returns the set of such modes by setting the associated bits\n\
5838 in @var{modes}. The default implementation selects no modes, which has\n\
5839 the effect of disabling the early rematerialization pass.",
5840 void, (sbitmap modes),
5841 default_select_early_remat_modes)
5842
5843 DEFHOOK
5844 (class_likely_spilled_p,
5845 "A target hook which returns @code{true} if pseudos that have been assigned\n\
5846 to registers of class @var{rclass} would likely be spilled because\n\
5847 registers of @var{rclass} are needed for spill registers.\n\
5848 \n\
5849 The default version of this target hook returns @code{true} if @var{rclass}\n\
5850 has exactly one register and @code{false} otherwise. On most machines, this\n\
5851 default should be used. For generally register-starved machines, such as\n\
5852 i386, or machines with right register constraints, such as SH, this hook\n\
5853 can be used to avoid excessive spilling.\n\
5854 \n\
5855 This hook is also used by some of the global intra-procedural code\n\
5856 transformations to throtle code motion, to avoid increasing register\n\
5857 pressure.",
5858 bool, (reg_class_t rclass),
5859 default_class_likely_spilled_p)
5860
5861 /* Return the maximum number of consecutive registers
5862 needed to represent mode MODE in a register of class RCLASS. */
5863 DEFHOOK
5864 (class_max_nregs,
5865 "A target hook returns the maximum number of consecutive registers\n\
5866 of class @var{rclass} needed to hold a value of mode @var{mode}.\n\
5867 \n\
5868 This is closely related to the macro @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_NREGS}.\n\
5869 In fact, the value returned by @code{TARGET_CLASS_MAX_NREGS (@var{rclass},\n\
5870 @var{mode})} target hook should be the maximum value of\n\
5871 @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_NREGS (@var{regno}, @var{mode})} for all @var{regno}\n\
5872 values in the class @var{rclass}.\n\
5873 \n\
5874 This target hook helps control the handling of multiple-word values\n\
5875 in the reload pass.\n\
5876 \n\
5877 The default version of this target hook returns the size of @var{mode}\n\
5878 in words.",
5879 unsigned char, (reg_class_t rclass, machine_mode mode),
5880 default_class_max_nregs)
5881
5882 DEFHOOK
5883 (preferred_rename_class,
5884 "A target hook that places additional preference on the register\n\
5885 class to use when it is necessary to rename a register in class\n\
5886 @var{rclass} to another class, or perhaps @var{NO_REGS}, if no\n\
5887 preferred register class is found or hook @code{preferred_rename_class}\n\
5888 is not implemented.\n\
5889 Sometimes returning a more restrictive class makes better code. For\n\
5890 example, on ARM, thumb-2 instructions using @code{LO_REGS} may be\n\
5891 smaller than instructions using @code{GENERIC_REGS}. By returning\n\
5892 @code{LO_REGS} from @code{preferred_rename_class}, code size can\n\
5893 be reduced.",
5894 reg_class_t, (reg_class_t rclass),
5895 default_preferred_rename_class)
5896
5897 /* This target hook allows the backend to avoid unsafe substitution
5898 during register allocation. */
5899 DEFHOOK
5900 (cannot_substitute_mem_equiv_p,
5901 "A target hook which returns @code{true} if @var{subst} can't\n\
5902 substitute safely pseudos with equivalent memory values during\n\
5903 register allocation.\n\
5904 The default version of this target hook returns @code{false}.\n\
5905 On most machines, this default should be used. For generally\n\
5906 machines with non orthogonal register usage for addressing, such\n\
5907 as SH, this hook can be used to avoid excessive spilling.",
5908 bool, (rtx subst),
5909 hook_bool_rtx_false)
5910
5911 /* This target hook allows the backend to legitimize base plus
5912 displacement addressing. */
5913 DEFHOOK
5914 (legitimize_address_displacement,
5915 "This hook tries to split address offset @var{orig_offset} into\n\
5916 two parts: one that should be added to the base address to create\n\
5917 a local anchor point, and an additional offset that can be applied\n\
5918 to the anchor to address a value of mode @var{mode}. The idea is that\n\
5919 the local anchor could be shared by other accesses to nearby locations.\n\
5920 \n\
5921 The hook returns true if it succeeds, storing the offset of the\n\
5922 anchor from the base in @var{offset1} and the offset of the final address\n\
5923 from the anchor in @var{offset2}. The default implementation returns false.",
5924 bool, (rtx *offset1, rtx *offset2, poly_int64 orig_offset, machine_mode mode),
5925 default_legitimize_address_displacement)
5926
5927 /* This target hook allows the backend to perform additional
5928 processing while initializing for variable expansion. */
5929 DEFHOOK
5930 (expand_to_rtl_hook,
5931 "This hook is called just before expansion into rtl, allowing the target\n\
5932 to perform additional initializations or analysis before the expansion.\n\
5933 For example, the rs6000 port uses it to allocate a scratch stack slot\n\
5934 for use in copying SDmode values between memory and floating point\n\
5935 registers whenever the function being expanded has any SDmode\n\
5936 usage.",
5937 void, (void),
5938 hook_void_void)
5939
5940 /* This target hook allows the backend to perform additional
5941 instantiations on rtx that are not actually in insns yet,
5942 but will be later. */
5943 DEFHOOK
5944 (instantiate_decls,
5945 "This hook allows the backend to perform additional instantiations on rtl\n\
5946 that are not actually in any insns yet, but will be later.",
5947 void, (void),
5948 hook_void_void)
5949
5950 DEFHOOK
5951 (hard_regno_nregs,
5952 "This hook returns the number of consecutive hard registers, starting\n\
5953 at register number @var{regno}, required to hold a value of mode\n\
5954 @var{mode}. This hook must never return zero, even if a register\n\
5955 cannot hold the requested mode - indicate that with\n\
5956 @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK} and/or\n\
5957 @code{TARGET_CAN_CHANGE_MODE_CLASS} instead.\n\
5958 \n\
5959 The default definition returns the number of words in @var{mode}.",
5960 unsigned int, (unsigned int regno, machine_mode mode),
5961 default_hard_regno_nregs)
5962
5963 DEFHOOK
5964 (hard_regno_mode_ok,
5965 "This hook returns true if it is permissible to store a value\n\
5966 of mode @var{mode} in hard register number @var{regno} (or in several\n\
5967 registers starting with that one). The default definition returns true\n\
5968 unconditionally.\n\
5969 \n\
5970 You need not include code to check for the numbers of fixed registers,\n\
5971 because the allocation mechanism considers them to be always occupied.\n\
5972 \n\
5973 @cindex register pairs\n\
5974 On some machines, double-precision values must be kept in even/odd\n\
5975 register pairs. You can implement that by defining this hook to reject\n\
5976 odd register numbers for such modes.\n\
5977 \n\
5978 The minimum requirement for a mode to be OK in a register is that the\n\
5979 @samp{mov@var{mode}} instruction pattern support moves between the\n\
5980 register and other hard register in the same class and that moving a\n\
5981 value into the register and back out not alter it.\n\
5982 \n\
5983 Since the same instruction used to move @code{word_mode} will work for\n\
5984 all narrower integer modes, it is not necessary on any machine for\n\
5985 this hook to distinguish between these modes, provided you define\n\
5986 patterns @samp{movhi}, etc., to take advantage of this. This is\n\
5987 useful because of the interaction between @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK}\n\
5988 and @code{TARGET_MODES_TIEABLE_P}; it is very desirable for all integer\n\
5989 modes to be tieable.\n\
5990 \n\
5991 Many machines have special registers for floating point arithmetic.\n\
5992 Often people assume that floating point machine modes are allowed only\n\
5993 in floating point registers. This is not true. Any registers that\n\
5994 can hold integers can safely @emph{hold} a floating point machine\n\
5995 mode, whether or not floating arithmetic can be done on it in those\n\
5996 registers. Integer move instructions can be used to move the values.\n\
5997 \n\
5998 On some machines, though, the converse is true: fixed-point machine\n\
5999 modes may not go in floating registers. This is true if the floating\n\
6000 registers normalize any value stored in them, because storing a\n\
6001 non-floating value there would garble it. In this case,\n\
6002 @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK} should reject fixed-point machine modes in\n\
6003 floating registers. But if the floating registers do not automatically\n\
6004 normalize, if you can store any bit pattern in one and retrieve it\n\
6005 unchanged without a trap, then any machine mode may go in a floating\n\
6006 register, so you can define this hook to say so.\n\
6007 \n\
6008 The primary significance of special floating registers is rather that\n\
6009 they are the registers acceptable in floating point arithmetic\n\
6010 instructions. However, this is of no concern to\n\
6011 @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK}. You handle it by writing the proper\n\
6012 constraints for those instructions.\n\
6013 \n\
6014 On some machines, the floating registers are especially slow to access,\n\
6015 so that it is better to store a value in a stack frame than in such a\n\
6016 register if floating point arithmetic is not being done. As long as the\n\
6017 floating registers are not in class @code{GENERAL_REGS}, they will not\n\
6018 be used unless some pattern's constraint asks for one.",
6019 bool, (unsigned int regno, machine_mode mode),
6020 hook_bool_uint_mode_true)
6021
6022 DEFHOOK
6023 (modes_tieable_p,
6024 "This hook returns true if a value of mode @var{mode1} is accessible\n\
6025 in mode @var{mode2} without copying.\n\
6026 \n\
6027 If @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (@var{r}, @var{mode1})} and\n\
6028 @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (@var{r}, @var{mode2})} are always\n\
6029 the same for any @var{r}, then\n\
6030 @code{TARGET_MODES_TIEABLE_P (@var{mode1}, @var{mode2})}\n\
6031 should be true. If they differ for any @var{r}, you should define\n\
6032 this hook to return false unless some other mechanism ensures the\n\
6033 accessibility of the value in a narrower mode.\n\
6034 \n\
6035 You should define this hook to return true in as many cases as\n\
6036 possible since doing so will allow GCC to perform better register\n\
6037 allocation. The default definition returns true unconditionally.",
6038 bool, (machine_mode mode1, machine_mode mode2),
6039 hook_bool_mode_mode_true)
6040
6041 /* Return true if is OK to use a hard register REGNO as scratch register
6042 in peephole2. */
6043 DEFHOOK
6044 (hard_regno_scratch_ok,
6045 "This target hook should return @code{true} if it is OK to use a hard register\n\
6046 @var{regno} as scratch reg in peephole2.\n\
6047 \n\
6048 One common use of this macro is to prevent using of a register that\n\
6049 is not saved by a prologue in an interrupt handler.\n\
6050 \n\
6051 The default version of this hook always returns @code{true}.",
6052 bool, (unsigned int regno),
6053 default_hard_regno_scratch_ok)
6054
6055 DEFHOOK
6056 (hard_regno_call_part_clobbered,
6057 "ABIs usually specify that calls must preserve the full contents\n\
6058 of a particular register, or that calls can alter any part of a\n\
6059 particular register. This information is captured by the target macro\n\
6060 @code{CALL_REALLY_USED_REGISTERS}. However, some ABIs specify that calls\n\
6061 must preserve certain bits of a particular register but can alter others.\n\
6062 This hook should return true if this applies to at least one of the\n\
6063 registers in @samp{(reg:@var{mode} @var{regno})}, and if as a result the\n\
6064 call would alter part of the @var{mode} value. For example, if a call\n\
6065 preserves the low 32 bits of a 64-bit hard register @var{regno} but can\n\
6066 clobber the upper 32 bits, this hook should return true for a 64-bit mode\n\
6067 but false for a 32-bit mode.\n\
6068 \n\
6069 The value of @var{abi_id} comes from the @code{predefined_function_abi}\n\
6070 structure that describes the ABI of the call; see the definition of the\n\
6071 structure for more details. If (as is usual) the target uses the same ABI\n\
6072 for all functions in a translation unit, @var{abi_id} is always 0.\n\
6073 \n\
6074 The default implementation returns false, which is correct\n\
6075 for targets that don't have partly call-clobbered registers.",
6076 bool, (unsigned int abi_id, unsigned int regno, machine_mode mode),
6077 hook_bool_uint_uint_mode_false)
6078
6079 DEFHOOK
6080 (get_multilib_abi_name,
6081 "This hook returns name of multilib ABI name.",
6082 const char *, (void),
6083 hook_constcharptr_void_null)
6084
6085 /* Return the smallest number of different values for which it is best to
6086 use a jump-table instead of a tree of conditional branches. */
6087 DEFHOOK
6088 (case_values_threshold,
6089 "This function return the smallest number of different values for which it\n\
6090 is best to use a jump-table instead of a tree of conditional branches.\n\
6091 The default is four for machines with a @code{casesi} instruction and\n\
6092 five otherwise. This is best for most machines.",
6093 unsigned int, (void),
6094 default_case_values_threshold)
6095
6096 DEFHOOK
6097 (starting_frame_offset,
6098 "This hook returns the offset from the frame pointer to the first local\n\
6099 variable slot to be allocated. If @code{FRAME_GROWS_DOWNWARD}, it is the\n\
6100 offset to @emph{end} of the first slot allocated, otherwise it is the\n\
6101 offset to @emph{beginning} of the first slot allocated. The default\n\
6102 implementation returns 0.",
6103 HOST_WIDE_INT, (void),
6104 hook_hwi_void_0)
6105
6106 /* Optional callback to advise the target to compute the frame layout. */
6107 DEFHOOK
6108 (compute_frame_layout,
6109 "This target hook is called once each time the frame layout needs to be\n\
6110 recalculated. The calculations can be cached by the target and can then\n\
6111 be used by @code{INITIAL_ELIMINATION_OFFSET} instead of re-computing the\n\
6112 layout on every invocation of that hook. This is particularly useful\n\
6113 for targets that have an expensive frame layout function. Implementing\n\
6114 this callback is optional.",
6115 void, (void),
6116 hook_void_void)
6117
6118 /* Return true if a function must have and use a frame pointer. */
6119 DEFHOOK
6120 (frame_pointer_required,
6121 "This target hook should return @code{true} if a function must have and use\n\
6122 a frame pointer. This target hook is called in the reload pass. If its return\n\
6123 value is @code{true} the function will have a frame pointer.\n\
6124 \n\
6125 This target hook can in principle examine the current function and decide\n\
6126 according to the facts, but on most machines the constant @code{false} or the\n\
6127 constant @code{true} suffices. Use @code{false} when the machine allows code\n\
6128 to be generated with no frame pointer, and doing so saves some time or space.\n\
6129 Use @code{true} when there is no possible advantage to avoiding a frame\n\
6130 pointer.\n\
6131 \n\
6132 In certain cases, the compiler does not know how to produce valid code\n\
6133 without a frame pointer. The compiler recognizes those cases and\n\
6134 automatically gives the function a frame pointer regardless of what\n\
6135 @code{targetm.frame_pointer_required} returns. You don't need to worry about\n\
6136 them.\n\
6137 \n\
6138 In a function that does not require a frame pointer, the frame pointer\n\
6139 register can be allocated for ordinary usage, unless you mark it as a\n\
6140 fixed register. See @code{FIXED_REGISTERS} for more information.\n\
6141 \n\
6142 Default return value is @code{false}.",
6143 bool, (void),
6144 hook_bool_void_false)
6145
6146 /* Returns true if the compiler is allowed to try to replace register number
6147 from-reg with register number to-reg. */
6148 DEFHOOK
6149 (can_eliminate,
6150 "This target hook should return @code{true} if the compiler is allowed to\n\
6151 try to replace register number @var{from_reg} with register number\n\
6152 @var{to_reg}. This target hook will usually be @code{true}, since most of the\n\
6153 cases preventing register elimination are things that the compiler already\n\
6154 knows about.\n\
6155 \n\
6156 Default return value is @code{true}.",
6157 bool, (const int from_reg, const int to_reg),
6158 hook_bool_const_int_const_int_true)
6159
6160 /* Modify any or all of fixed_regs, call_used_regs, global_regs,
6161 reg_names, and reg_class_contents to account of the vagaries of the
6162 target. */
6163 DEFHOOK
6164 (conditional_register_usage,
6165 "This hook may conditionally modify five variables\n\
6166 @code{fixed_regs}, @code{call_used_regs}, @code{global_regs},\n\
6167 @code{reg_names}, and @code{reg_class_contents}, to take into account\n\
6168 any dependence of these register sets on target flags. The first three\n\
6169 of these are of type @code{char []} (interpreted as boolean vectors).\n\
6170 @code{global_regs} is a @code{const char *[]}, and\n\
6171 @code{reg_class_contents} is a @code{HARD_REG_SET}. Before the macro is\n\
6172 called, @code{fixed_regs}, @code{call_used_regs},\n\
6173 @code{reg_class_contents}, and @code{reg_names} have been initialized\n\
6174 from @code{FIXED_REGISTERS}, @code{CALL_USED_REGISTERS},\n\
6175 @code{REG_CLASS_CONTENTS}, and @code{REGISTER_NAMES}, respectively.\n\
6176 @code{global_regs} has been cleared, and any @option{-ffixed-@var{reg}},\n\
6177 @option{-fcall-used-@var{reg}} and @option{-fcall-saved-@var{reg}}\n\
6178 command options have been applied.\n\
6179 \n\
6180 @cindex disabling certain registers\n\
6181 @cindex controlling register usage\n\
6182 If the usage of an entire class of registers depends on the target\n\
6183 flags, you may indicate this to GCC by using this macro to modify\n\
6184 @code{fixed_regs} and @code{call_used_regs} to 1 for each of the\n\
6185 registers in the classes which should not be used by GCC@. Also make\n\
6186 @code{define_register_constraint}s return @code{NO_REGS} for constraints\n\
6187 that shouldn't be used.\n\
6188 \n\
6189 (However, if this class is not included in @code{GENERAL_REGS} and all\n\
6190 of the insn patterns whose constraints permit this class are\n\
6191 controlled by target switches, then GCC will automatically avoid using\n\
6192 these registers when the target switches are opposed to them.)",
6193 void, (void),
6194 hook_void_void)
6195
6196 DEFHOOK
6197 (stack_clash_protection_alloca_probe_range,
6198 "Some targets have an ABI defined interval for which no probing needs to be done.\n\
6199 When a probe does need to be done this same interval is used as the probe distance\n\
6200 up when doing stack clash protection for alloca.\n\
6201 On such targets this value can be set to override the default probing up interval.\n\
6202 Define this variable to return nonzero if such a probe range is required or zero otherwise.\n\
6203 Defining this hook also requires your functions which make use of alloca to have at least 8 byes\n\
6204 of outgoing arguments. If this is not the case the stack will be corrupted.\n\
6205 You need not define this macro if it would always have the value zero.",
6206 HOST_WIDE_INT, (void),
6207 default_stack_clash_protection_alloca_probe_range)
6208
6209
6210 /* Functions specific to the C family of frontends. */
6211 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
6212 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_C_"
6213 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_C, c)
6214
6215 /* ??? Documenting this hook requires a GFDL license grant. */
6216 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
6217 (mode_for_suffix,
6218 "Return machine mode for non-standard constant literal suffix @var{c},\
6219 or VOIDmode if non-standard suffixes are unsupported.",
6220 machine_mode, (char c),
6221 default_mode_for_suffix)
6222
6223 DEFHOOK
6224 (excess_precision,
6225 "Return a value, with the same meaning as the C99 macro\n\
6226 @code{FLT_EVAL_METHOD} that describes which excess precision should be\n\
6227 applied. @var{type} is either @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_IMPLICIT},\n\
6228 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_FAST}, or\n\
6229 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_STANDARD}. For\n\
6230 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_IMPLICIT}, the target should return which\n\
6231 precision and range operations will be implictly evaluated in regardless\n\
6232 of the excess precision explicitly added. For\n\
6233 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_STANDARD} and\n\
6234 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_FAST}, the target should return the\n\
6235 explicit excess precision that should be added depending on the\n\
6236 value set for @option{-fexcess-precision=@r{[}standard@r{|}fast@r{]}}.\n\
6237 Note that unpredictable explicit excess precision does not make sense,\n\
6238 so a target should never return @code{FLT_EVAL_METHOD_UNPREDICTABLE}\n\
6239 when @var{type} is @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_STANDARD} or\n\
6240 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_FAST}.",
6241 enum flt_eval_method, (enum excess_precision_type type),
6242 default_excess_precision)
6243
6244 HOOK_VECTOR_END (c)
6245
6246 /* Functions specific to the C++ frontend. */
6247 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
6248 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_CXX_"
6249 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_CXX, cxx)
6250
6251 /* Return the integer type used for guard variables. */
6252 DEFHOOK
6253 (guard_type,
6254 "Define this hook to override the integer type used for guard variables.\n\
6255 These are used to implement one-time construction of static objects. The\n\
6256 default is long_long_integer_type_node.",
6257 tree, (void),
6258 default_cxx_guard_type)
6259
6260 /* Return true if only the low bit of the guard should be tested. */
6261 DEFHOOK
6262 (guard_mask_bit,
6263 "This hook determines how guard variables are used. It should return\n\
6264 @code{false} (the default) if the first byte should be used. A return value of\n\
6265 @code{true} indicates that only the least significant bit should be used.",
6266 bool, (void),
6267 hook_bool_void_false)
6268
6269 /* Returns the size of the array cookie for an array of type. */
6270 DEFHOOK
6271 (get_cookie_size,
6272 "This hook returns the size of the cookie to use when allocating an array\n\
6273 whose elements have the indicated @var{type}. Assumes that it is already\n\
6274 known that a cookie is needed. The default is\n\
6275 @code{max(sizeof (size_t), alignof(type))}, as defined in section 2.7 of the\n\
6276 IA64/Generic C++ ABI@.",
6277 tree, (tree type),
6278 default_cxx_get_cookie_size)
6279
6280 /* Returns true if the element size should be stored in the array cookie. */
6281 DEFHOOK
6282 (cookie_has_size,
6283 "This hook should return @code{true} if the element size should be stored in\n\
6284 array cookies. The default is to return @code{false}.",
6285 bool, (void),
6286 hook_bool_void_false)
6287
6288 /* Allows backends to perform additional processing when
6289 deciding if a class should be exported or imported. */
6290 DEFHOOK
6291 (import_export_class,
6292 "If defined by a backend this hook allows the decision made to export\n\
6293 class @var{type} to be overruled. Upon entry @var{import_export}\n\
6294 will contain 1 if the class is going to be exported, @minus{}1 if it is going\n\
6295 to be imported and 0 otherwise. This function should return the\n\
6296 modified value and perform any other actions necessary to support the\n\
6297 backend's targeted operating system.",
6298 int, (tree type, int import_export), NULL)
6299
6300 /* Returns true if constructors and destructors return "this". */
6301 DEFHOOK
6302 (cdtor_returns_this,
6303 "This hook should return @code{true} if constructors and destructors return\n\
6304 the address of the object created/destroyed. The default is to return\n\
6305 @code{false}.",
6306 bool, (void),
6307 hook_bool_void_false)
6308
6309 /* Returns true if the key method for a class can be an inline
6310 function, so long as it is not declared inline in the class
6311 itself. Returning true is the behavior required by the Itanium C++ ABI. */
6312 DEFHOOK
6313 (key_method_may_be_inline,
6314 "This hook returns true if the key method for a class (i.e., the method\n\
6315 which, if defined in the current translation unit, causes the virtual\n\
6316 table to be emitted) may be an inline function. Under the standard\n\
6317 Itanium C++ ABI the key method may be an inline function so long as\n\
6318 the function is not declared inline in the class definition. Under\n\
6319 some variants of the ABI, an inline function can never be the key\n\
6320 method. The default is to return @code{true}.",
6321 bool, (void),
6322 hook_bool_void_true)
6323
6324 DEFHOOK
6325 (determine_class_data_visibility,
6326 "@var{decl} is a virtual table, virtual table table, typeinfo object,\n\
6327 or other similar implicit class data object that will be emitted with\n\
6328 external linkage in this translation unit. No ELF visibility has been\n\
6329 explicitly specified. If the target needs to specify a visibility\n\
6330 other than that of the containing class, use this hook to set\n\
6331 @code{DECL_VISIBILITY} and @code{DECL_VISIBILITY_SPECIFIED}.",
6332 void, (tree decl),
6333 hook_void_tree)
6334
6335 /* Returns true (the default) if virtual tables and other
6336 similar implicit class data objects are always COMDAT if they
6337 have external linkage. If this hook returns false, then
6338 class data for classes whose virtual table will be emitted in
6339 only one translation unit will not be COMDAT. */
6340 DEFHOOK
6341 (class_data_always_comdat,
6342 "This hook returns true (the default) if virtual tables and other\n\
6343 similar implicit class data objects are always COMDAT if they have\n\
6344 external linkage. If this hook returns false, then class data for\n\
6345 classes whose virtual table will be emitted in only one translation\n\
6346 unit will not be COMDAT.",
6347 bool, (void),
6348 hook_bool_void_true)
6349
6350 /* Returns true (the default) if the RTTI for the basic types,
6351 which is always defined in the C++ runtime, should be COMDAT;
6352 false if it should not be COMDAT. */
6353 DEFHOOK
6354 (library_rtti_comdat,
6355 "This hook returns true (the default) if the RTTI information for\n\
6356 the basic types which is defined in the C++ runtime should always\n\
6357 be COMDAT, false if it should not be COMDAT.",
6358 bool, (void),
6359 hook_bool_void_true)
6360
6361 /* Returns true if __aeabi_atexit should be used to register static
6362 destructors. */
6363 DEFHOOK
6364 (use_aeabi_atexit,
6365 "This hook returns true if @code{__aeabi_atexit} (as defined by the ARM EABI)\n\
6366 should be used to register static destructors when @option{-fuse-cxa-atexit}\n\
6367 is in effect. The default is to return false to use @code{__cxa_atexit}.",
6368 bool, (void),
6369 hook_bool_void_false)
6370
6371 /* Returns true if target may use atexit in the same manner as
6372 __cxa_atexit to register static destructors. */
6373 DEFHOOK
6374 (use_atexit_for_cxa_atexit,
6375 "This hook returns true if the target @code{atexit} function can be used\n\
6376 in the same manner as @code{__cxa_atexit} to register C++ static\n\
6377 destructors. This requires that @code{atexit}-registered functions in\n\
6378 shared libraries are run in the correct order when the libraries are\n\
6379 unloaded. The default is to return false.",
6380 bool, (void),
6381 hook_bool_void_false)
6382
6383 DEFHOOK
6384 (adjust_class_at_definition,
6385 "@var{type} is a C++ class (i.e., RECORD_TYPE or UNION_TYPE) that has just\n\
6386 been defined. Use this hook to make adjustments to the class (eg, tweak\n\
6387 visibility or perform any other required target modifications).",
6388 void, (tree type),
6389 hook_void_tree)
6390
6391 DEFHOOK
6392 (decl_mangling_context,
6393 "Return target-specific mangling context of @var{decl} or @code{NULL_TREE}.",
6394 tree, (const_tree decl),
6395 hook_tree_const_tree_null)
6396
6397 HOOK_VECTOR_END (cxx)
6398
6399 /* Functions and data for emulated TLS support. */
6400 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
6401 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_EMUTLS_"
6402 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_EMUTLS, emutls)
6403
6404 /* Name of the address and common functions. */
6405 DEFHOOKPOD
6406 (get_address,
6407 "Contains the name of the helper function that uses a TLS control\n\
6408 object to locate a TLS instance. The default causes libgcc's\n\
6409 emulated TLS helper function to be used.",
6410 const char *, "__builtin___emutls_get_address")
6411
6412 DEFHOOKPOD
6413 (register_common,
6414 "Contains the name of the helper function that should be used at\n\
6415 program startup to register TLS objects that are implicitly\n\
6416 initialized to zero. If this is @code{NULL}, all TLS objects will\n\
6417 have explicit initializers. The default causes libgcc's emulated TLS\n\
6418 registration function to be used.",
6419 const char *, "__builtin___emutls_register_common")
6420
6421 /* Prefixes for proxy variable and template. */
6422 DEFHOOKPOD
6423 (var_section,
6424 "Contains the name of the section in which TLS control variables should\n\
6425 be placed. The default of @code{NULL} allows these to be placed in\n\
6426 any section.",
6427 const char *, NULL)
6428
6429 DEFHOOKPOD
6430 (tmpl_section,
6431 "Contains the name of the section in which TLS initializers should be\n\
6432 placed. The default of @code{NULL} allows these to be placed in any\n\
6433 section.",
6434 const char *, NULL)
6435
6436 /* Prefixes for proxy variable and template. */
6437 DEFHOOKPOD
6438 (var_prefix,
6439 "Contains the prefix to be prepended to TLS control variable names.\n\
6440 The default of @code{NULL} uses a target-specific prefix.",
6441 const char *, NULL)
6442
6443 DEFHOOKPOD
6444 (tmpl_prefix,
6445 "Contains the prefix to be prepended to TLS initializer objects. The\n\
6446 default of @code{NULL} uses a target-specific prefix.",
6447 const char *, NULL)
6448
6449 /* Function to generate field definitions of the proxy variable. */
6450 DEFHOOK
6451 (var_fields,
6452 "Specifies a function that generates the FIELD_DECLs for a TLS control\n\
6453 object type. @var{type} is the RECORD_TYPE the fields are for and\n\
6454 @var{name} should be filled with the structure tag, if the default of\n\
6455 @code{__emutls_object} is unsuitable. The default creates a type suitable\n\
6456 for libgcc's emulated TLS function.",
6457 tree, (tree type, tree *name),
6458 default_emutls_var_fields)
6459
6460 /* Function to initialize a proxy variable. */
6461 DEFHOOK
6462 (var_init,
6463 "Specifies a function that generates the CONSTRUCTOR to initialize a\n\
6464 TLS control object. @var{var} is the TLS control object, @var{decl}\n\
6465 is the TLS object and @var{tmpl_addr} is the address of the\n\
6466 initializer. The default initializes libgcc's emulated TLS control object.",
6467 tree, (tree var, tree decl, tree tmpl_addr),
6468 default_emutls_var_init)
6469
6470 /* Whether we are allowed to alter the usual alignment of the
6471 proxy variable. */
6472 DEFHOOKPOD
6473 (var_align_fixed,
6474 "Specifies whether the alignment of TLS control variable objects is\n\
6475 fixed and should not be increased as some backends may do to optimize\n\
6476 single objects. The default is false.",
6477 bool, false)
6478
6479 /* Whether we can emit debug information for TLS vars. */
6480 DEFHOOKPOD
6481 (debug_form_tls_address,
6482 "Specifies whether a DWARF @code{DW_OP_form_tls_address} location descriptor\n\
6483 may be used to describe emulated TLS control objects.",
6484 bool, false)
6485
6486 HOOK_VECTOR_END (emutls)
6487
6488 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
6489 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_OPTION_"
6490 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_OPTION_HOOKS, target_option_hooks)
6491
6492 /* Function to validate the attribute((target(...))) strings. If
6493 the option is validated, the hook should also fill in
6494 DECL_FUNCTION_SPECIFIC_TARGET in the function decl node. */
6495 DEFHOOK
6496 (valid_attribute_p,
6497 "This hook is called to parse @code{attribute(target(\"...\"))}, which\n\
6498 allows setting target-specific options on individual functions.\n\
6499 These function-specific options may differ\n\
6500 from the options specified on the command line. The hook should return\n\
6501 @code{true} if the options are valid.\n\
6502 \n\
6503 The hook should set the @code{DECL_FUNCTION_SPECIFIC_TARGET} field in\n\
6504 the function declaration to hold a pointer to a target-specific\n\
6505 @code{struct cl_target_option} structure.",
6506 bool, (tree fndecl, tree name, tree args, int flags),
6507 default_target_option_valid_attribute_p)
6508
6509 /* Function to save any extra target state in the target options structure. */
6510 DEFHOOK
6511 (save,
6512 "This hook is called to save any additional target-specific information\n\
6513 in the @code{struct cl_target_option} structure for function-specific\n\
6514 options from the @code{struct gcc_options} structure.\n\
6515 @xref{Option file format}.",
6516 void, (struct cl_target_option *ptr, struct gcc_options *opts,
6517 struct gcc_options *opts_set), NULL)
6518
6519 /* Function to restore any extra target state from the target options
6520 structure. */
6521 DEFHOOK
6522 (restore,
6523 "This hook is called to restore any additional target-specific\n\
6524 information in the @code{struct cl_target_option} structure for\n\
6525 function-specific options to the @code{struct gcc_options} structure.",
6526 void, (struct gcc_options *opts, struct gcc_options *opts_set,
6527 struct cl_target_option *ptr), NULL)
6528
6529 /* Function to update target-specific option information after being
6530 streamed in. */
6531 DEFHOOK
6532 (post_stream_in,
6533 "This hook is called to update target-specific information in the\n\
6534 @code{struct cl_target_option} structure after it is streamed in from\n\
6535 LTO bytecode.",
6536 void, (struct cl_target_option *ptr), NULL)
6537
6538 /* Function to print any extra target state from the target options
6539 structure. */
6540 DEFHOOK
6541 (print,
6542 "This hook is called to print any additional target-specific\n\
6543 information in the @code{struct cl_target_option} structure for\n\
6544 function-specific options.",
6545 void, (FILE *file, int indent, struct cl_target_option *ptr), NULL)
6546
6547 /* Function to parse arguments to be validated for #pragma target, and to
6548 change the state if the options are valid. If the first argument is
6549 NULL, the second argument specifies the default options to use. Return
6550 true if the options are valid, and set the current state. */
6551 DEFHOOK
6552 (pragma_parse,
6553 "This target hook parses the options for @code{#pragma GCC target}, which\n\
6554 sets the target-specific options for functions that occur later in the\n\
6555 input stream. The options accepted should be the same as those handled by the\n\
6556 @code{TARGET_OPTION_VALID_ATTRIBUTE_P} hook.",
6557 bool, (tree args, tree pop_target),
6558 default_target_option_pragma_parse)
6559
6560 /* Do option overrides for the target. */
6561 DEFHOOK
6562 (override,
6563 "Sometimes certain combinations of command options do not make sense on\n\
6564 a particular target machine. You can override the hook\n\
6565 @code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE} to take account of this. This hooks is called\n\
6566 once just after all the command options have been parsed.\n\
6567 \n\
6568 Don't use this hook to turn on various extra optimizations for\n\
6569 @option{-O}. That is what @code{TARGET_OPTION_OPTIMIZATION} is for.\n\
6570 \n\
6571 If you need to do something whenever the optimization level is\n\
6572 changed via the optimize attribute or pragma, see\n\
6573 @code{TARGET_OVERRIDE_OPTIONS_AFTER_CHANGE}",
6574 void, (void),
6575 hook_void_void)
6576
6577 /* This function returns true if DECL1 and DECL2 are versions of the same
6578 function. DECL1 and DECL2 are function versions if and only if they
6579 have the same function signature and different target specific attributes,
6580 that is, they are compiled for different target machines. */
6581 DEFHOOK
6582 (function_versions,
6583 "This target hook returns @code{true} if @var{DECL1} and @var{DECL2} are\n\
6584 versions of the same function. @var{DECL1} and @var{DECL2} are function\n\
6585 versions if and only if they have the same function signature and\n\
6586 different target specific attributes, that is, they are compiled for\n\
6587 different target machines.",
6588 bool, (tree decl1, tree decl2),
6589 hook_bool_tree_tree_false)
6590
6591 /* Function to determine if one function can inline another function. */
6592 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
6593 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
6594 DEFHOOK
6595 (can_inline_p,
6596 "This target hook returns @code{false} if the @var{caller} function\n\
6597 cannot inline @var{callee}, based on target specific information. By\n\
6598 default, inlining is not allowed if the callee function has function\n\
6599 specific target options and the caller does not use the same options.",
6600 bool, (tree caller, tree callee),
6601 default_target_can_inline_p)
6602
6603 DEFHOOK
6604 (relayout_function,
6605 "This target hook fixes function @var{fndecl} after attributes are processed.\n\
6606 Default does nothing. On ARM, the default function's alignment is updated\n\
6607 with the attribute target.",
6608 void, (tree fndecl),
6609 hook_void_tree)
6610
6611 HOOK_VECTOR_END (target_option)
6612
6613 /* For targets that need to mark extra registers as live on entry to
6614 the function, they should define this target hook and set their
6615 bits in the bitmap passed in. */
6616 DEFHOOK
6617 (extra_live_on_entry,
6618 "Add any hard registers to @var{regs} that are live on entry to the\n\
6619 function. This hook only needs to be defined to provide registers that\n\
6620 cannot be found by examination of FUNCTION_ARG_REGNO_P, the callee saved\n\
6621 registers, STATIC_CHAIN_INCOMING_REGNUM, STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM,\n\
6622 TARGET_STRUCT_VALUE_RTX, FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM, EH_USES,\n\
6623 FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM, ARG_POINTER_REGNUM, and the PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REGNUM.",
6624 void, (bitmap regs),
6625 hook_void_bitmap)
6626
6627 /* Targets should define this target hook to mark that non-callee clobbers are
6628 present in CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE for all the calls that bind to a local
6629 definition. */
6630 DEFHOOKPOD
6631 (call_fusage_contains_non_callee_clobbers,
6632 "Set to true if each call that binds to a local definition explicitly\n\
6633 clobbers or sets all non-fixed registers modified by performing the call.\n\
6634 That is, by the call pattern itself, or by code that might be inserted by the\n\
6635 linker (e.g.@: stubs, veneers, branch islands), but not including those\n\
6636 modifiable by the callee. The affected registers may be mentioned explicitly\n\
6637 in the call pattern, or included as clobbers in CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE.\n\
6638 The default version of this hook is set to false. The purpose of this hook\n\
6639 is to enable the fipa-ra optimization.",
6640 bool,
6641 false)
6642
6643 /* Fill in additional registers set up by prologue into a regset. */
6644 DEFHOOK
6645 (set_up_by_prologue,
6646 "This hook should add additional registers that are computed by the prologue\n\
6647 to the hard regset for shrink-wrapping optimization purposes.",
6648 void, (struct hard_reg_set_container *),
6649 NULL)
6650
6651 /* For targets that have attributes that can affect whether a
6652 function's return statements need checking. For instance a 'naked'
6653 function attribute. */
6654 DEFHOOK
6655 (warn_func_return,
6656 "True if a function's return statements should be checked for matching\n\
6657 the function's return type. This includes checking for falling off the end\n\
6658 of a non-void function. Return false if no such check should be made.",
6659 bool, (tree),
6660 hook_bool_tree_true)
6661
6662 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
6663 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_SHRINK_WRAP_"
6664 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_SHRINK_WRAP_HOOKS, shrink_wrap)
6665
6666 DEFHOOK
6667 (get_separate_components,
6668 "This hook should return an @code{sbitmap} with the bits set for those\n\
6669 components that can be separately shrink-wrapped in the current function.\n\
6670 Return @code{NULL} if the current function should not get any separate\n\
6671 shrink-wrapping.\n\
6672 Don't define this hook if it would always return @code{NULL}.\n\
6673 If it is defined, the other hooks in this group have to be defined as well.",
6674 sbitmap, (void),
6675 NULL)
6676
6677 DEFHOOK
6678 (components_for_bb,
6679 "This hook should return an @code{sbitmap} with the bits set for those\n\
6680 components where either the prologue component has to be executed before\n\
6681 the @code{basic_block}, or the epilogue component after it, or both.",
6682 sbitmap, (basic_block),
6683 NULL)
6684
6685 DEFHOOK
6686 (disqualify_components,
6687 "This hook should clear the bits in the @var{components} bitmap for those\n\
6688 components in @var{edge_components} that the target cannot handle on edge\n\
6689 @var{e}, where @var{is_prologue} says if this is for a prologue or an\n\
6690 epilogue instead.",
6691 void, (sbitmap components, edge e, sbitmap edge_components, bool is_prologue),
6692 NULL)
6693
6694 DEFHOOK
6695 (emit_prologue_components,
6696 "Emit prologue insns for the components indicated by the parameter.",
6697 void, (sbitmap),
6698 NULL)
6699
6700 DEFHOOK
6701 (emit_epilogue_components,
6702 "Emit epilogue insns for the components indicated by the parameter.",
6703 void, (sbitmap),
6704 NULL)
6705
6706 DEFHOOK
6707 (set_handled_components,
6708 "Mark the components in the parameter as handled, so that the\n\
6709 @code{prologue} and @code{epilogue} named patterns know to ignore those\n\
6710 components. The target code should not hang on to the @code{sbitmap}, it\n\
6711 will be deleted after this call.",
6712 void, (sbitmap),
6713 NULL)
6714
6715 HOOK_VECTOR_END (shrink_wrap)
6716 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
6717 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
6718
6719 /* Determine the type of unwind info to emit for debugging. */
6720 DEFHOOK
6721 (debug_unwind_info,
6722 "This hook defines the mechanism that will be used for describing frame\n\
6723 unwind information to the debugger. Normally the hook will return\n\
6724 @code{UI_DWARF2} if DWARF 2 debug information is enabled, and\n\
6725 return @code{UI_NONE} otherwise.\n\
6726 \n\
6727 A target may return @code{UI_DWARF2} even when DWARF 2 debug information\n\
6728 is disabled in order to always output DWARF 2 frame information.\n\
6729 \n\
6730 A target may return @code{UI_TARGET} if it has ABI specified unwind tables.\n\
6731 This will suppress generation of the normal debug frame unwind information.",
6732 enum unwind_info_type, (void),
6733 default_debug_unwind_info)
6734
6735 DEFHOOK
6736 (reset_location_view,
6737 "This hook, if defined, enables -ginternal-reset-location-views, and\n\
6738 uses its result to override cases in which the estimated min insn\n\
6739 length might be nonzero even when a PC advance (i.e., a view reset)\n\
6740 cannot be taken for granted.\n\
6741 \n\
6742 If the hook is defined, it must return a positive value to indicate\n\
6743 the insn definitely advances the PC, and so the view number can be\n\
6744 safely assumed to be reset; a negative value to mean the insn\n\
6745 definitely does not advance the PC, and os the view number must not\n\
6746 be reset; or zero to decide based on the estimated insn length.\n\
6747 \n\
6748 If insn length is to be regarded as reliable, set the hook to\n\
6749 @code{hook_int_rtx_insn_0}.",
6750 int, (rtx_insn *), NULL)
6751
6752 /* The code parameter should be of type enum rtx_code but this is not
6753 defined at this time. */
6754 DEFHOOK
6755 (canonicalize_comparison,
6756 "On some machines not all possible comparisons are defined, but you can\n\
6757 convert an invalid comparison into a valid one. For example, the Alpha\n\
6758 does not have a @code{GT} comparison, but you can use an @code{LT}\n\
6759 comparison instead and swap the order of the operands.\n\
6760 \n\
6761 On such machines, implement this hook to do any required conversions.\n\
6762 @var{code} is the initial comparison code and @var{op0} and @var{op1}\n\
6763 are the left and right operands of the comparison, respectively. If\n\
6764 @var{op0_preserve_value} is @code{true} the implementation is not\n\
6765 allowed to change the value of @var{op0} since the value might be used\n\
6766 in RTXs which aren't comparisons. E.g. the implementation is not\n\
6767 allowed to swap operands in that case.\n\
6768 \n\
6769 GCC will not assume that the comparison resulting from this macro is\n\
6770 valid but will see if the resulting insn matches a pattern in the\n\
6771 @file{md} file.\n\
6772 \n\
6773 You need not to implement this hook if it would never change the\n\
6774 comparison code or operands.",
6775 void, (int *code, rtx *op0, rtx *op1, bool op0_preserve_value),
6776 default_canonicalize_comparison)
6777
6778 DEFHOOK
6779 (min_arithmetic_precision,
6780 "On some RISC architectures with 64-bit registers, the processor also\n\
6781 maintains 32-bit condition codes that make it possible to do real 32-bit\n\
6782 arithmetic, although the operations are performed on the full registers.\n\
6783 \n\
6784 On such architectures, defining this hook to 32 tells the compiler to try\n\
6785 using 32-bit arithmetical operations setting the condition codes instead\n\
6786 of doing full 64-bit arithmetic.\n\
6787 \n\
6788 More generally, define this hook on RISC architectures if you want the\n\
6789 compiler to try using arithmetical operations setting the condition codes\n\
6790 with a precision lower than the word precision.\n\
6791 \n\
6792 You need not define this hook if @code{WORD_REGISTER_OPERATIONS} is not\n\
6793 defined to 1.",
6794 unsigned int, (void), default_min_arithmetic_precision)
6795
6796 DEFHOOKPOD
6797 (atomic_test_and_set_trueval,
6798 "This value should be set if the result written by\n\
6799 @code{atomic_test_and_set} is not exactly 1, i.e.@: the\n\
6800 @code{bool} @code{true}.",
6801 unsigned char, 1)
6802
6803 /* Return an unsigned int representing the alignment (in bits) of the atomic
6804 type which maps to machine MODE. This allows alignment to be overridden
6805 as needed. */
6806 DEFHOOK
6807 (atomic_align_for_mode,
6808 "If defined, this function returns an appropriate alignment in bits for an\n\
6809 atomic object of machine_mode @var{mode}. If 0 is returned then the\n\
6810 default alignment for the specified mode is used.",
6811 unsigned int, (machine_mode mode),
6812 hook_uint_mode_0)
6813
6814 DEFHOOK
6815 (atomic_assign_expand_fenv,
6816 "ISO C11 requires atomic compound assignments that may raise floating-point\n\
6817 exceptions to raise exceptions corresponding to the arithmetic operation\n\
6818 whose result was successfully stored in a compare-and-exchange sequence.\n\
6819 This requires code equivalent to calls to @code{feholdexcept},\n\
6820 @code{feclearexcept} and @code{feupdateenv} to be generated at\n\
6821 appropriate points in the compare-and-exchange sequence. This hook should\n\
6822 set @code{*@var{hold}} to an expression equivalent to the call to\n\
6823 @code{feholdexcept}, @code{*@var{clear}} to an expression equivalent to\n\
6824 the call to @code{feclearexcept} and @code{*@var{update}} to an expression\n\
6825 equivalent to the call to @code{feupdateenv}. The three expressions are\n\
6826 @code{NULL_TREE} on entry to the hook and may be left as @code{NULL_TREE}\n\
6827 if no code is required in a particular place. The default implementation\n\
6828 leaves all three expressions as @code{NULL_TREE}. The\n\
6829 @code{__atomic_feraiseexcept} function from @code{libatomic} may be of use\n\
6830 as part of the code generated in @code{*@var{update}}.",
6831 void, (tree *hold, tree *clear, tree *update),
6832 default_atomic_assign_expand_fenv)
6833
6834 /* Leave the boolean fields at the end. */
6835
6836 /* True if we can create zeroed data by switching to a BSS section
6837 and then using ASM_OUTPUT_SKIP to allocate the space. */
6838 DEFHOOKPOD
6839 (have_switchable_bss_sections,
6840 "This flag is true if we can create zeroed data by switching to a BSS\n\
6841 section and then using @code{ASM_OUTPUT_SKIP} to allocate the space.\n\
6842 This is true on most ELF targets.",
6843 bool, false)
6844
6845 /* True if "native" constructors and destructors are supported,
6846 false if we're using collect2 for the job. */
6847 DEFHOOKPOD
6848 (have_ctors_dtors,
6849 "This value is true if the target supports some ``native'' method of\n\
6850 collecting constructors and destructors to be run at startup and exit.\n\
6851 It is false if we must use @command{collect2}.",
6852 bool, false)
6853
6854 /* True if thread-local storage is supported. */
6855 DEFHOOKPOD
6856 (have_tls,
6857 "Contains the value true if the target supports thread-local storage.\n\
6858 The default value is false.",
6859 bool, false)
6860
6861 /* True if a small readonly data section is supported. */
6862 DEFHOOKPOD
6863 (have_srodata_section,
6864 "Contains the value true if the target places read-only\n\
6865 ``small data'' into a separate section. The default value is false.",
6866 bool, false)
6867
6868 /* True if EH frame info sections should be zero-terminated. */
6869 DEFHOOKPOD
6870 (terminate_dw2_eh_frame_info,
6871 "Contains the value true if the target should add a zero word onto the\n\
6872 end of a Dwarf-2 frame info section when used for exception handling.\n\
6873 Default value is false if @code{EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME} is defined, and\n\
6874 true otherwise.",
6875 bool, true)
6876
6877 /* True if #NO_APP should be emitted at the beginning of assembly output. */
6878 DEFHOOKPOD
6879 (asm_file_start_app_off,
6880 "If this flag is true, the text of the macro @code{ASM_APP_OFF} will be\n\
6881 printed as the very first line in the assembly file, unless\n\
6882 @option{-fverbose-asm} is in effect. (If that macro has been defined\n\
6883 to the empty string, this variable has no effect.) With the normal\n\
6884 definition of @code{ASM_APP_OFF}, the effect is to notify the GNU\n\
6885 assembler that it need not bother stripping comments or extra\n\
6886 whitespace from its input. This allows it to work a bit faster.\n\
6887 \n\
6888 The default is false. You should not set it to true unless you have\n\
6889 verified that your port does not generate any extra whitespace or\n\
6890 comments that will cause GAS to issue errors in NO_APP mode.",
6891 bool, false)
6892
6893 /* True if output_file_directive should be called for main_input_filename
6894 at the beginning of assembly output. */
6895 DEFHOOKPOD
6896 (asm_file_start_file_directive,
6897 "If this flag is true, @code{output_file_directive} will be called\n\
6898 for the primary source file, immediately after printing\n\
6899 @code{ASM_APP_OFF} (if that is enabled). Most ELF assemblers expect\n\
6900 this to be done. The default is false.",
6901 bool, false)
6902
6903 /* Returns true if we should generate exception tables for use with the
6904 ARM EABI. The effects the encoding of function exception specifications. */
6905 DEFHOOKPOD
6906 (arm_eabi_unwinder,
6907 "This flag should be set to @code{true} on targets that use an ARM EABI\n\
6908 based unwinding library, and @code{false} on other targets. This effects\n\
6909 the format of unwinding tables, and how the unwinder in entered after\n\
6910 running a cleanup. The default is @code{false}.",
6911 bool, false)
6912
6913 DEFHOOKPOD
6914 (want_debug_pub_sections,
6915 "True if the @code{.debug_pubtypes} and @code{.debug_pubnames} sections\n\
6916 should be emitted. These sections are not used on most platforms, and\n\
6917 in particular GDB does not use them.",
6918 bool, false)
6919
6920 DEFHOOKPOD
6921 (delay_sched2,
6922 "True if sched2 is not to be run at its normal place.\n\
6923 This usually means it will be run as part of machine-specific reorg.",
6924 bool, false)
6925
6926 DEFHOOKPOD
6927 (delay_vartrack,
6928 "True if vartrack is not to be run at its normal place.\n\
6929 This usually means it will be run as part of machine-specific reorg.",
6930 bool, false)
6931
6932 DEFHOOKPOD
6933 (no_register_allocation,
6934 "True if register allocation and the passes\n\
6935 following it should not be run. Usually true only for virtual assembler\n\
6936 targets.",
6937 bool, false)
6938
6939 /* Leave the boolean fields at the end. */
6940
6941 /* Functions related to mode switching. */
6942 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
6943 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_MODE_"
6944 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_TOGGLE_, mode_switching)
6945
6946 DEFHOOK
6947 (emit,
6948 "Generate one or more insns to set @var{entity} to @var{mode}.\n\
6949 @var{hard_reg_live} is the set of hard registers live at the point where\n\
6950 the insn(s) are to be inserted. @var{prev_moxde} indicates the mode\n\
6951 to switch from. Sets of a lower numbered entity will be emitted before\n\
6952 sets of a higher numbered entity to a mode of the same or lower priority.",
6953 void, (int entity, int mode, int prev_mode, HARD_REG_SET regs_live), NULL)
6954
6955 DEFHOOK
6956 (needed,
6957 "@var{entity} is an integer specifying a mode-switched entity.\n\
6958 If @code{OPTIMIZE_MODE_SWITCHING} is defined, you must define this macro\n\
6959 to return an integer value not larger than the corresponding element\n\
6960 in @code{NUM_MODES_FOR_MODE_SWITCHING}, to denote the mode that @var{entity}\n\
6961 must be switched into prior to the execution of @var{insn}.",
6962 int, (int entity, rtx_insn *insn), NULL)
6963
6964 DEFHOOK
6965 (after,
6966 "@var{entity} is an integer specifying a mode-switched entity.\n\
6967 If this macro is defined, it is evaluated for every @var{insn} during mode\n\
6968 switching. It determines the mode that an insn results\n\
6969 in (if different from the incoming mode).",
6970 int, (int entity, int mode, rtx_insn *insn), NULL)
6971
6972 DEFHOOK
6973 (entry,
6974 "If this macro is defined, it is evaluated for every @var{entity} that\n\
6975 needs mode switching. It should evaluate to an integer, which is a mode\n\
6976 that @var{entity} is assumed to be switched to at function entry.\n\
6977 If @code{TARGET_MODE_ENTRY} is defined then @code{TARGET_MODE_EXIT}\n\
6978 must be defined.",
6979 int, (int entity), NULL)
6980
6981 DEFHOOK
6982 (exit,
6983 "If this macro is defined, it is evaluated for every @var{entity} that\n\
6984 needs mode switching. It should evaluate to an integer, which is a mode\n\
6985 that @var{entity} is assumed to be switched to at function exit.\n\
6986 If @code{TARGET_MODE_EXIT} is defined then @code{TARGET_MODE_ENTRY}\n\
6987 must be defined.",
6988 int, (int entity), NULL)
6989
6990 DEFHOOK
6991 (priority,
6992 "This macro specifies the order in which modes for @var{entity}\n\
6993 are processed. 0 is the highest priority,\n\
6994 @code{NUM_MODES_FOR_MODE_SWITCHING[@var{entity}] - 1} the lowest.\n\
6995 The value of the macro should be an integer designating a mode\n\
6996 for @var{entity}. For any fixed @var{entity}, @code{mode_priority}\n\
6997 (@var{entity}, @var{n}) shall be a bijection in 0 @dots{}\n\
6998 @code{num_modes_for_mode_switching[@var{entity}] - 1}.",
6999 int, (int entity, int n), NULL)
7000
7001 HOOK_VECTOR_END (mode_switching)
7002
7003 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
7004 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_MEMTAG_"
7005 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_MEMTAG_, memtag)
7006
7007 DEFHOOK
7008 (can_tag_addresses,
7009 "True if the backend architecture naturally supports ignoring some region\n\
7010 of pointers. This feature means that @option{-fsanitize=hwaddress} can\n\
7011 work.\n\
7012 \n\
7013 At preset, this feature does not support address spaces. It also requires\n\
7014 @code{Pmode} to be the same as @code{ptr_mode}.",
7015 bool, (), default_memtag_can_tag_addresses)
7016
7017 DEFHOOK
7018 (tag_size,
7019 "Return the size of a tag (in bits) for this platform.\n\
7020 \n\
7021 The default returns 8.",
7022 uint8_t, (), default_memtag_tag_size)
7023
7024 DEFHOOK
7025 (granule_size,
7026 "Return the size in real memory that each byte in shadow memory refers to.\n\
7027 I.e. if a variable is @var{X} bytes long in memory, then this hook should\n\
7028 return the value @var{Y} such that the tag in shadow memory spans\n\
7029 @var{X}/@var{Y} bytes.\n\
7030 \n\
7031 Most variables will need to be aligned to this amount since two variables\n\
7032 that are neighbors in memory and share a tag granule would need to share\n\
7033 the same tag.\n\
7034 \n\
7035 The default returns 16.",
7036 uint8_t, (), default_memtag_granule_size)
7037
7038 DEFHOOK
7039 (insert_random_tag,
7040 "Return an RTX representing the value of @var{untagged} but with a\n\
7041 (possibly) random tag in it.\n\
7042 Put that value into @var{target} if it is convenient to do so.\n\
7043 This function is used to generate a tagged base for the current stack frame.",
7044 rtx, (rtx untagged, rtx target), default_memtag_insert_random_tag)
7045
7046 DEFHOOK
7047 (add_tag,
7048 "Return an RTX that represents the result of adding @var{addr_offset} to\n\
7049 the address in pointer @var{base} and @var{tag_offset} to the tag in pointer\n\
7050 @var{base}.\n\
7051 The resulting RTX must either be a valid memory address or be able to get\n\
7052 put into an operand with @code{force_operand}.\n\
7053 \n\
7054 Unlike other memtag hooks, this must return an expression and not emit any\n\
7055 RTL.",
7056 rtx, (rtx base, poly_int64 addr_offset, uint8_t tag_offset),
7057 default_memtag_add_tag)
7058
7059 DEFHOOK
7060 (set_tag,
7061 "Return an RTX representing @var{untagged_base} but with the tag @var{tag}.\n\
7062 Try and store this in @var{target} if convenient.\n\
7063 @var{untagged_base} is required to have a zero tag when this hook is called.\n\
7064 The default of this hook is to set the top byte of @var{untagged_base} to\n\
7065 @var{tag}.",
7066 rtx, (rtx untagged_base, rtx tag, rtx target), default_memtag_set_tag)
7067
7068 DEFHOOK
7069 (extract_tag,
7070 "Return an RTX representing the tag stored in @var{tagged_pointer}.\n\
7071 Store the result in @var{target} if it is convenient.\n\
7072 The default represents the top byte of the original pointer.",
7073 rtx, (rtx tagged_pointer, rtx target), default_memtag_extract_tag)
7074
7075 DEFHOOK
7076 (untagged_pointer,
7077 "Return an RTX representing @var{tagged_pointer} with its tag set to zero.\n\
7078 Store the result in @var{target} if convenient.\n\
7079 The default clears the top byte of the original pointer.",
7080 rtx, (rtx tagged_pointer, rtx target), default_memtag_untagged_pointer)
7081
7082 HOOK_VECTOR_END (memtag)
7083 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
7084 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
7085
7086 #define DEF_TARGET_INSN(NAME, PROTO) \
7087 DEFHOOK_UNDOC (have_##NAME, "", bool, (void), false)
7088 #include "target-insns.def"
7089 #undef DEF_TARGET_INSN
7090
7091 #define DEF_TARGET_INSN(NAME, PROTO) \
7092 DEFHOOK_UNDOC (gen_##NAME, "", rtx_insn *, PROTO, NULL)
7093 #include "target-insns.def"
7094 #undef DEF_TARGET_INSN
7095
7096 #define DEF_TARGET_INSN(NAME, PROTO) \
7097 DEFHOOKPOD (code_for_##NAME, "*", enum insn_code, CODE_FOR_nothing)
7098 #include "target-insns.def"
7099 #undef DEF_TARGET_INSN
7100
7101 DEFHOOK
7102 (run_target_selftests,
7103 "If selftests are enabled, run any selftests for this target.",
7104 void, (void),
7105 NULL)
7106
7107 /* Close the 'struct gcc_target' definition. */
7108 HOOK_VECTOR_END (C90_EMPTY_HACK)
7109